2k15_chev_spark_22950745A.ai (Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109) Spine = Printer Adjust Color = Black Date = 07/08/14 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M
In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Trademarks and License Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Agreements ...... 7-42 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-3 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-1 Vehicle Features ...... 1-11 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Performance and Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Maintenance ...... 1-15 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Air Vents ...... 8-3 Controls ...... 5-2 Maintenance ...... 8-4 Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Windows ...... 2-1 Indicators ...... 5-7 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Information Displays ...... 5-22 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Doors ...... 2-8 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-25 Starting and Operating ...... 9-13 Vehicle Security...... 2-10 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-27 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-20 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-12 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-21 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-14 Lighting ...... 6-1 Manual Transmission ...... 9-23 Windows ...... 2-14 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Brakes ...... 9-25 Interior Lighting ...... 6-5 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-27 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting Features ...... 6-6 Cruise Control ...... 9-29 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-32 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Fuel ...... 9-34 Rear Seats ...... 3-6 Introduction ...... 7-2 Trailer Towing...... 9-38 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Radio ...... 7-9 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-38 Airbag System ...... 3-17 Audio Players ...... 7-16 Child Restraints ...... 3-30 Phone ...... 7-19 Downloadable Applications . . . 7-28 Bluetooth Phone/Devices . . . . . 7-33 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-3 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-24 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-24 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-28 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-35 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12 Jump Starting ...... 10-63 Vehicle Data Recording and Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-66 Privacy...... 13-13 Appearance Care ...... 10-69 OnStar ...... 14-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 General Information ...... 11-1 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 OnStar Additional Special Application Information ...... 14-6 Services ...... 11-8 Index ...... i-1 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-9 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-14 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from: that may not be available in your The names, logos, emblems, region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited Refer to the purchase savant: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, documentation relating to your the CHEVROLET Emblem, and specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated SPARK are trademarks and/or features. Attention: Customer Service service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170 LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, quick reference. or licensors. For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual.
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 22950745 A First Printing © 2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols { Warning To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, { Caution gauge, or indicator. Danger, Warnings, and Caution indicates a hazard that M : This symbol is shown when Cautions could result in property or vehicle you need to see your owner manual for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle damage. information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or { Danger information.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure Here are some additional symbols B : Engine Coolant Temperature O : Power that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more O : Exterior Lamps > : Safety Belt Reminders information on the symbol, refer to # : Fog Lamps 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor the Index. . : Fuel Gauge d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® : Airbag Readiness Light 9 + : Fuses g : StabiliTrak® Off ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam i : Traction Control Off 5 / : Audio Steering Wheel g Changer : Windshield Washer Fluid Controls or OnStar® M j : LATCH System Child $ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
vi Introduction
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-1
Vehicle Features In Brief Radio(s) ...... 1-11 Satellite Radio ...... 1-12 Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-12 Bluetooth® Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 ...... 1-12 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-13 Initial Drive Information Cruise Control ...... 1-13 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-3 Driver Information Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Center (DIC) ...... 1-14 System ...... 1-3 Rear Vision Door Locks ...... 1-4 Camera (RVC) ...... 1-14 Liftgate ...... 1-5 Power Outlets ...... 1-14 Windows ...... 1-6 Performance and Maintenance Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Second Row Seats ...... 1-7 Traction Control/Electronic Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-7 Stability Control ...... 1-15 Safety Belts ...... 1-7 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-15 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-16 Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-8 Driving for Better Fuel Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-8 Economy ...... 1-16 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-9 Roadside Assistance Interior Lighting ...... 1-9 Program ...... 1-16 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-10 OnStar® ...... 1-16 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-10 Climate Controls ...... 1-11 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-3. 13. Cruise Control on page 9-29 (If Initial Drive 2. Exterior Lamp Controls on Equipped). page 6-1. 14. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Information 3. Horn on page 5-2. page 5-2. This section provides a brief overview about some of the 4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-8. 15. Steering Wheel Controls on page 5-2 (If Equipped). important features that may or may 5. Windshield Wiper/Washer on not be on your specific vehicle. page 5-2. 16. Heated Front Seats on page 3-5 (If Equipped). For more detailed information, refer 6. Infotainment on page 7-2. to each of the features which can be 17. Shift Lever. See Automatic found later in this owner manual. 7. Information Display. Transmission on page 9-21 (If 8. Hazard Warning Flashers on Equipped) or Manual Remote Keyless Entry page 6-3. Transmission on page 9-23 (If Equipped). (RKE) System 9. Instrument Panel Illumination For vehicles with the RKE Control on page 6-5. 18. USB Port on page 7-16 (If Equipped). transmitter, it may work up to 60 m Power Mirrors on page 2-13 (If (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Equipped). 19. Climate Control Systems on page 8-1. 10. Hood Release. See Hood on page 10-4. 20. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control on page 9-27. 11. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-12. 12. Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10-33. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-4 In Brief
Press and hold 7 for at least three seconds to sound the panic alarm. Press 7 again to cancel the panic alarm. See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-3. Door Locks To lock or unlock the doors from Press the key release button to To lock or unlock the doors from outside the vehicle: extend the key blade. The key can inside the vehicle: be used for the ignition and all . Use the key in the driver door to . K locks. lock and unlock the door. Press Q or , if equipped. . Use the lock knob on the top of Press K to unlock the driver door or . Press or K on the Remote Q the door panel. all doors and the liftgate. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, to lock and unlock See Door Locks on page 2-5 and Press Q to lock all doors and the the doors. See Remote Keyless Central Locking System on liftgate. Entry (RKE) System Operation page 2-6. Lock and unlock feedback can be on page 2-3. personalized. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5-27. Press and release 7 to initiate vehicle locator. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-5
Liftgate To lock or unlock the liftgate from the inside, press or K. To lock or unlock the liftgate from Q the outside, use the key in the liftgate lock. If equipped, press K on the RKE transmitter to unlock all doors and press Q to lock. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-3.
Without RKE
To open the liftgate, pull the handle and lift up. When closing the liftgate, use the pull cup. See Liftgate on page 2-8 or Central Locking System on page 2-6.
With RKE Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-6 In Brief
Windows Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Manual Seats
Press the switch down to open the If available, turn the knob to raise or window. Pull the front of the switch lower the seat. To adjust the seat: up to close it. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. The switches work when the vehicle 1. Lift the bar under the front edge is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, of the seat cushion to unlock or when Retained Accessory the seat. Power (RAP) is active. 2. Slide the seat to the desired See Retained Accessory Power position and release the bar. (RAP) on page 9-18 and Power 3. Try to move the seat back and Windows on page 2-14. forth to be sure it is locked in place. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-7
Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright while keeping the seat and the head position: restraint height in the proper 1. Lift the lever fully without position. applying pressure to the See Head Restraints on page 3-2 seatback, and the seatback will and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to Safety Belts make sure it is locked. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-4. Second Row Seats The rear seatbacks can be folded To recline the seatback: down to increase cargo space. 1. Lift the lever. See Rear Seats on page 3-6. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then Head Restraint release the lever to lock the Adjustment seatback in place. Do not drive until the head restraints Refer to the following sections for 3. Push and pull on the seatback to for all occupants are installed and important information on how to use make sure it is locked in place. adjusted properly. safety belts properly. To achieve a comfortable seating . Safety Belts on page 3-8. position, change the seatback . How to Wear Safety Belts recline angle as little as necessary Properly on page 3-10. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-8 In Brief
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-11. passenger sensing system. See If equipped, move the control up, . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Passenger Sensing System on down, or side to side to adjust the Children (LATCH System) on page 3-23 for important information. mirror. page 3-38. The passenger airbag status See Manual Mirrors on page 2-13. indicator will be visible on the center Passenger Sensing display when the vehicle is started. Power Outside Mirrors System See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5-11. Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Manual Outside Mirrors United States
1. If equipped, move the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose the driver or passenger Canada mirror. The passenger sensing system 2. Move the control up, down, turns off the front outboard or side to side to adjust the passenger frontal airbag and knee mirror. airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-9
3. Return the selector switch to the Steering Wheel Interior Lighting center with done. Adjustment Dome Lamps See Power Mirrors on page 2-13. Folding Mirrors The vehicle has manual folding mirrors. These mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position. See Folding Mirrors on page 2-13. Interior Mirror
Adjustment To adjust the steering wheel: The dome lamp controls are in the Push the tab forward to the daytime 1. Pull the lever down. overhead console. position, then adjust the rearview 2. Move the steering wheel up Move the control to change the mirror for a clear view of the area lamp setting. behind the vehicle. or down. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the OFF: Turns the lamps off, even Manual Rearview Mirror steering wheel in place. when a door is open. To avoid glare of the headlamps Do not adjust the steering wheel DOOR: Turns the lamps on from behind, pull the tab backward while driving. automatically when a door is for nighttime use. Push the tab opened. forward for daytime use. ON: Turns on the dome lamps. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-10 In Brief
For more information about interior AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on LO: Use for slow wipes. lighting, see Instrument Panel and off automatically depending on Illumination Control on page 6-5 or the exterior light. Courtesy Lamps on page 6-5. O : Turns all the lamps off, except the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Exterior Lighting The DRL automatically turn off when the vehicle is turned off. See Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1 and Daytime Running INT: Move the lever up to INT for Lamps (DRL) on page 6-2. intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT band up for more frequent Windshield Wiper/Washer wipes or down for less frequent wipes. OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. The exterior lamp control is on the 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move turn signal lever on the left side of the wiper lever down. For several the steering column. wipes, hold the wiper lever down. There are four positions: Windshield Washer 3 : Turns on the headlamps The windshield wiper/washer lever Pull the windshield wiper lever together with the parking lamps and is on the right side of the steering toward you to spray windshield instrument panel lights. column. washer fluid and activate the wipers. ; : Turns on the parking lamps Move the lever to one of the including all lamps, except the following positions: headlamps. HI: Use for fast wipes. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-11
Rear Wiper/Washer Climate Controls Vehicle Features If equipped with the rear wiper/ The heating, cooling, and ventilation washer, the controls are on the end for the vehicle can be controlled Radio(s) of the windshield wiper lever. with this system. O /VOL: Press to turn the system on and off. Turn to increase or decrease the volume. RADIO/BAND: Press to select AM, FM, or band. © SEEK or SEEK ¨ : Press to seek the previous or next station.
ON: Turns the rear wiper on for Buttons 1−6: Press to save and continuous wipes. select favorite stations. OFF: Turns the rear wiper off. INFO: Press to view current radio information. = : Sprays washer fluid on the rear For more information about these window. The control returns to its 1. Fan Control ON or OFF starting position when and other radio features, see released. 2. Air Conditioning Operation on page 7-6. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on 3. Recirculation Storing a Favorite Station page 5-2 or Rear Window Wiper/ 4. Temperature Control Stations from all bands can be Washer on page 5-4 (If Equipped). 5. Rear Window Defogger stored in the favorite lists in any order. Up to six stations can be 6. Air Delivery Mode Control stored in each favorite page and the See Climate Control Systems on number of available favorite pages page 8-1. can be set. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-12 In Brief
To store the station to a position in coast, and in digital-quality sound. Bluetooth® the list, press the corresponding A fee is required to receive the ® button 1−6 until a beep is heard. SiriusXM service. The Bluetooth system allows users with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone For more information, see “Storing a Refer to: to make and receive hands-free Station as a Favorite in AM-FM ” . www.siriusxm.com or call calls using the vehicle audio system Radio on page 7-9. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). and controls. Setting the Clock . www.xmradio.ca or call The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone See Clock on page 5-4. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). must be paired with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it can be See Satellite Radio on page 7-13. used in the vehicle. Not all phones Satellite Radio will support all functions. If equipped, vehicles with a Portable Audio Devices ® See Bluetooth (Overview) on SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a Some vehicles may have a 3.5 mm page 7-19 or Bluetooth valid SiriusXM satellite radio (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB (Infotainment Controls) on subscription can receive SiriusXM port in the center stack. External page 7-20. programming. devices such as iPods®, laptop SiriusXM Satellite Radio computers, MP3 players, CD changers, and USB drives may be Service connected, depending on the audio SiriusXM is a satellite radio service system. based in the 48 contiguous United See Auxiliary Devices on page 7-17. States and 10 Canadian provinces. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-13
Steering Wheel Controls 5 / g : If equipped with Bluetooth Cruise Control or OnStar, press to interact with those systems. See Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7-19 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on page 7-20 or OnStar Overview on page 14-1. > / R : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. If equipped with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, press to decline an incoming call, to end speech recognition, or to end a current call. If equipped with audio steering x + or x − : Press + or − to If equipped with cruise control: wheel controls, some audio controls increase or decrease the volume. I : Press to turn the cruise can be adjusted at the steering control system on and off. A white wheel. indicator comes on in the instrument ¦ SEEK or SEEK ¥ : Press to cluster. go to the next or previous radio ® RES/+: If there is a set speed in station, song on an iPod , or file on memory, press briefly to resume to a USB device (if equipped). that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-14 In Brief
SET/−: Press briefly to set the DIC Buttons Rear Vision speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, Camera (RVC) use to decrease vehicle speed. The RVC displays a view of the [ : Press to disengage cruise area behind the vehicle, on the control without erasing the set infotainment system display, when speed from memory. the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). See Cruise Control on page 9-29. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on Driver Information page 9-32. Center (DIC) Power Outlets The DIC has different displays, The accessory power outlets can be which can be accessed by using the MENU: Press to display the DIC used to plug in electrical equipment, DIC buttons on the right side of the menus. such as a cell phone or MP3 player. instrument cluster. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and warning messages if a w or x : Use to scroll through the The vehicle has an accessory system problem is detected. menus. power outlet in front of the cupholders on the center stack. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear the menu item displayed. See Power Outlets on page 5-6. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5-22. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
In Brief 1-15
Performance and the center stack, until i and g pressure shown on the Tire and illuminate in the instrument Loading Information label. See Maintenance cluster. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. The warning light will remain on until Traction Control/ . Press the TCS/StabiliTrak the tire pressure is corrected. button again to turn on both Electronic Stability g The low tire pressure warning light i Control systems. and g go off in the may come on in cool weather when instrument cluster. the vehicle is first started, and then The TCS limits wheel spin. The See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This system is on when the vehicle is Stability Control on page 9-27. may be an early indicator that the started. tire pressures are getting low and The StabiliTrak system assists with Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the directional control of the vehicle in proper pressure. This vehicle may have a Tire difficult driving conditions. The The TPMS does not replace normal Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). system is on when the vehicle is monthly tire maintenance. Maintain started. the correct tire pressures. . To turn off traction control, press See Tire Pressure Monitor System and release the TCS/StabiliTrak on page 10-43. button g on the center stack. i illuminates in the instrument cluster. . To turn off both traction control The low tire pressure warning light and StabiliTrak, press and hold alerts to a significant loss in the TCS/StabiliTrak button g on pressure of one of the vehicle's tires. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
1-16 In Brief
Engine Oil Life System . Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance smoothly. The engine oil life system calculates Program . Brake gradually and avoid engine oil life based on vehicle use abrupt stops. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 and displays a : % CHANGE . Avoid idling the engine for long TTY Users (U.S. Only): DIC message when it is necessary 1-888-889-2438 to change the engine oil and filter. periods of time. The oil life system should be reset . When road and weather Canada: 1-800-268-6800 to 100% only following an oil conditions are appropriate, use As the owner of a new Chevrolet, change. cruise control. you are automatically enrolled in the Resetting the Oil Life System . Always follow posted speed Roadside Assistance program. limits or drive more slowly when 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE See Roadside Assistance Program conditions require. on the DIC. on page 13-5. . Keep vehicle tires properly 2. Press and hold the SET/CLR ® inflated. OnStar button on the DIC for more than five seconds. The oil life will . Combine several trips into a This vehicle may be equipped with a change to 100%. single trip. comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to a live OnStar See Engine Oil Life System on . Replace the vehicle's tires with Advisor for Emergency, Security, page 10-9. the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall Navigation, Connection, and near the size. Diagnostic Services. OnStar Driving for Better Fuel services may require a paid Economy . Follow recommended scheduled subscription. See OnStar Overview maintenance. Driving habits can affect fuel on page 14-1. mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Vehicle Security Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Vehicle Security ...... 2-10 Windows Vehicle Alarm System ...... 2-10 Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Keys Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-11 { Warning Keys and Locks Exterior Mirrors Keys ...... 2-1 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-12 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Mirrors ...... 2-13 System ...... 2-3 the ignition key is dangerous and Power Mirrors ...... 2-13 children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Folding Mirrors ...... 2-13 System Operation ...... 2-3 seriously injured or killed. They Door Locks ...... 2-5 Interior Mirrors could operate the power windows Central Locking System ...... 2-6 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-14 or other controls or make the Door Ajar Reminder ...... 2-6 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-14 vehicle move. The windows will Delayed Locking ...... 2-6 function with the keys in the Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-7 Windows ignition, and children or others Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Windows ...... 2-14 could be caught in the path of a Safety Locks ...... 2-7 Power Windows ...... 2-14 closing window. Sun Visors ...... 2-15 Doors (Continued) Liftgate ...... 2-8 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The key that is part of the Remote Warning (Continued) Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can be used for the ignition and all Do not leave children in a vehicle locks. with the ignition key. Press the key release button on the RKE transmitter to extend the key. Press the button and the key blade to retract the key. See your dealer if a new key is needed. If it becomes difficult to turn the key, Base Level Key inspect the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick. If you are locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program on page 13-5. With an active OnStar subscription, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
Uplevel Key Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the Out is disabled through vehicle performance of the transmitter. See personalization. If Unlocked Door (RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Anti Lock Out is enabled, only the See Radio Frequency Statement on System on page 2-3. driver door unlocks. page 13-12. See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out” If there is a decrease in the RKE under Vehicle Personalization on operating range: page 5-27. . Check the distance. The Pressing Q may also arm the transmitter may be too far from theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle the vehicle. Alarm System on page 2-10. . Check the location. Other Pressing on the transmitter will vehicles or objects may be Q blocking the signal. also lock the fuel door. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the . Check the transmitter's battery. See Battery Replacement later driver door. Press again to unlock all “ ” doors and the liftgate. The turn in this section. The following buttons are on the signal indicators flash to indicate . If the transmitter is still not transmitter: unlocking has occurred. working correctly, see your See Remote Door Unlock under dealer or a qualified technician Q (Lock): Press once to lock all “ ” Vehicle Personalization on for service. doors and the liftgate. The turn signal indicators may flash and/or page 5-27. Remote Keyless Entry the horn may sound to indicate Pressing K may also disarm the (RKE) System Operation locking. theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm System on page 2-10. The RKE transmitter may work up to If any door is open when Q is 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. pressed, all doors and the liftgate will lock, if Unlocked Door Anti Lock Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Pressing K on the transmitter will once the new transmitter is Programming without a also unlock the fuel door. programmed. See your dealer to Recognized Transmitter have new transmitters programmed. 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Program a new key to the vehicle Alarm): Press and release one Programming with a Recognized when a recognized key is not time to initiate vehicle locator. The Transmitter available. Canadian regulations require that owners see their dealer. exterior lamps flash and the horn To program a new key: chirps three times. Press and hold If there are no currently recognized 7 for at least three seconds to 1. Insert the original, already keys available, follow this procedure sound the panic alarm. The horn programmed key in the ignition to program the first key. sounds and the turn signals flash for and turn the key to the ON/RUN position. This procedure will take 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed approximately 30 minutes to again, or the key is placed in the 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and complete for the first key. The ignition and turned to ON/RUN. remove the key. vehicle must be off and all of the Programming Transmitters to 3. Insert the new key to be keys you wish to program must be the Vehicle programmed and turn it to the with you. ON/RUN position within 1. Insert the new vehicle key into Only RKE transmitters programmed five seconds. the ignition. to this vehicle will work. If a The security light will turn off transmitter is lost or stolen, a 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security once the key has been replacement can be purchased and light will come on. programmed. programmed through your dealer. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the When the replacement transmitter is 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional security light turns off. programmed to this vehicle, all keys are to be programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. remaining transmitters must also be If a key is lost or damaged, see your reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen dealer to have a new key made. transmitters will no longer work Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more Door Locks times. After the third time, turn to { Caution ON/RUN; the key is learned and all previously known keys will no When replacing the battery, do { Warning longer work with the vehicle. not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your Unlocked doors can be Remaining keys can be learned by body could damage the dangerous. following the procedure in transmitter. . Passengers, especially Programming with a Recognized “ children, can easily open the Transmitter.” The battery is not rechargeable. doors and fall out of a moving Battery Replacement To replace the battery: vehicle. When a door is locked, the handle will not 1. Press the button on the open it. The chance of being transmitter to extend the key. thrown out of the vehicle in a 2. Remove the battery cover by crash is increased if the prying it with a finger. doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear 3. Remove the battery by pushing safety belts properly and the on the battery and sliding it doors should be locked toward the key blade. whenever the vehicle is 4. Insert the new battery, positive driven. side facing up. Push the battery . Young children who get into down until it is held in place. unlocked vehicles may be Replace with a CR2032 or unable to get out. A child can equivalent battery. be overcome by extreme heat 5. Snap the battery cover back on and can suffer permanent to the transmitter. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Door Ajar Reminder Warning (Continued) If one of the doors or the liftgate is injuries or even death from not closed properly while the ignition heat stroke. Always lock the is on, the door ajar light on the vehicle whenever leaving it. instrument cluster comes on and . Outsiders can easily enter stays on until the doors are closed. through an unlocked door See Door Ajar Light on page 5-21. when you slow down or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors Delayed Locking can help prevent this from This feature delays the locking of happening. the doors until five seconds after all To lock or unlock the doors from doors are closed. To lock or unlock the doors from inside the vehicle: outside the vehicle: When Q is pressed on the power . Press Q or K, if equipped. door lock switch while the door is . Use the key in the driver door to open, a chime will sound three lock and unlock the door. . Use the lock knob on the top of times indicating delayed locking is the door panel. active. . Press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, Central Locking System The doors will lock automatically if equipped, to lock and unlock five seconds after all doors are the doors. See Remote Keyless This system allows the doors and closed. If a door is reopened before Entry (RKE) System Operation liftgate to be locked and unlocked that time, the five-second timer will on page 2-3. by using the Remote Keyless Entry reset when all doors are closed (RKE) transmitter or by using the again. key in the driver door. See Door Locks on page 2-5 and Liftgate on page 2-8. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
. If equipped with a manual Press on the door lock switch Safety Locks Q transmission, remove the key again or press Q on the RKE from the ignition. transmitter to lock doors immediately. Lockout Protection This feature can also be When locking is requested with the programmed. See Vehicle driver door open and the key in the Personalization on page 5-27. ignition, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock. Automatic Door Locks This can be manually overridden by If equipped, the vehicle is pressing and holding Q on the programmed so that when the doors power door lock switch. are closed, the ignition is on, and If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is the shift lever is moved out of turned on, the vehicle is off with the P (Park) for automatic driver door open, and door locking The vehicle has rear door safety transmissions, or the vehicle speed is requested, all the doors will lock locks on each rear door that prevent is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual and only the driver door will unlock. passengers from opening the rear transmissions, the doors and the The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout doors from the inside. liftgate will lock. feature can be turned on or off using Using the Rear Door To unlock the doors and the liftgate: the vehicle personalization menus. See Vehicle Personalization on Safety Lock . K Press on the door. page 5-27. 1. Move the lever up to lock. . If equipped with an automatic 2. Close the door. transmission, shift the transmission into P (Park). 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other rear door lock. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Canceling a Rear Door Doors { Caution Safety Lock Pulling the inside door handle 1. Unlock the door from the inside Liftgate while the rear door safety locks and open the door from the are engaged could damage your outside. { Warning vehicle. Do not pull the inside 2. Move the lever down to unlock. door handle while the rear door Exhaust gases can enter the safety locks are engaged. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the vehicle if it is driven with the other rear door lock. liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with The rear doors on the vehicle The rear door locks can now be any objects that pass through the cannot be opened from the inside locked and unlocked normally. seal between the body and the while this feature is in use. hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon Opening a Rear Door When the monoxide (CO) which cannot be Safety Lock Is On seen or smelled. It can cause 1. Unlock the door from the inside. unconsciousness and even death. 2. Open the door from the outside. If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or hatch/trunk open: For the rear doors to open from the inside, the safety locks have to be . Close all of the windows. moved back to the unlock position. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
To lock or unlock the liftgate from Warning (Continued) the outside, use the key in the liftgate lock. . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that If equipped, press K on the RKE brings in only outside air and transmitter to unlock all doors and set the fan speed to the press Q to lock. See Remote highest setting. See Climate “ Keyless Entry (RKE) System Control Systems in the ” Operation on page 2-3. Index. . If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function. With RKE For more information about To lock or unlock the liftgate from carbon monoxide, see Engine the inside, press or K. Exhaust on page 9-20. Q
{ Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or Without RKE liftgate glass, make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Vehicle Security On Solid: Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system. This vehicle has theft-deterrent Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured. features; however, they do not make A door, the hood, or the trunk the vehicle impossible to steal. is open. Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash: Alarm system is armed. This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. Arming the Alarm System 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Lock the vehicle with one of the To open the liftgate, pull the handle following: and lift up. . Use the RKE transmitter. When closing the liftgate, use the . With a door open, press pull cup. Q on the interior. See Central Locking System on 3. After 30 seconds the alarm page 2-6. system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm system is operating. Pressing Q on the The security light, on the instrument RKE transmitter a second time panel near the windshield, indicates will bypass the 30-second delay the status of the system: and immediately arm the alarm Off: Alarm system is disarmed. system. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
The vehicle alarm system will not Disarming the System How to Detect a Tamper arm if the doors are locked with To disarm the system or turn off the Condition the key. alarm if it has been activated, do If K is pressed on the RKE If the driver door or liftgate is one of the following: transmitter and the horn chirps or opened without first unlocking with the lights flash three times, a the RKE transmitter, the horn will . Press K on the RKE transmitter. previous alarm occurred while the chirp and the lights will flash to . Start the vehicle. system was armed. indicate a pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, or the door is not To avoid setting off the alarm by If the alarm has been activated, a unlocked by pressing K on the RKE accident: message will appear on the DIC. transmitter during the 10-second . Lock the vehicle with the RKE See Vehicle Messages on pre-alarm, the alarm will be transmitter after all occupants page 5-25 for more information. activated. have left the vehicle and all doors are closed. Immobilizer The alarm will also be activated if the passenger door, the liftgate, . Always unlock the vehicle with See Radio Frequency Statement on or the hood is opened without first the RKE transmitter. Unlocking page 13-12. disarming the system. When the the driver door with the key will alarm is activated, the turn signals not disarm the alarm. Immobilizer Operation flash and the horn sounds for about Unlocking the driver door with This vehicle has a passive 30 seconds. The alarm system will the key will not disarm the theft-deterrent system. then re-arm to monitor for the next system or turn off the alarm. unauthorized event. The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed. The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the key is removed from the ignition. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The system is automatically If the engine does not start and the Exterior Mirrors disarmed when the vehicle is security light stays on, there is a started with the correct key. The key problem with the system. Turn the uses a transponder that matches an ignition off and try again. Convex Mirrors immobilizer control unit in the If the engine still does not start, and vehicle and automatically disarms the key appears to be undamaged { Warning the system. Only an authorized key or the light continues to stay on, try starts the vehicle. The vehicle may A convex mirror can make things, another ignition key. If the engine like other vehicles, look farther not start if the key is damaged. does not start with the other key, the away than they really are. If you vehicle needs service. If the vehicle cut too sharply into the right lane, does start, the first key may be damaged. See your dealer who can you could hit a vehicle on the service the theft-deterrent system right. Check the inside mirror or and have a new key made. glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the The security light, in the instrument theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. The passenger side mirror is convex cluster, comes on if there is a shaped. A convex mirror's surface is problem with arming or disarming curved so more can be seen from the theft-deterrent system. the driver seat. When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Manual Folding Mirrors The vehicle has manual folding mirrors. These mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position.
If equipped, move the control up, 1. If equipped, move the selector down, or side to side to adjust the switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to mirror. choose the driver or passenger mirror. Adjust the mirrors so the side and the area behind the vehicle can 2. Move the control up, down, be seen. or side to side to adjust the mirror. Adjust the mirrors so the side and the area behind the vehicle can be seen. 3. Return the selector switch to the center when done. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Interior Mirrors Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning pulsing sound when either rear Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear window is down and the front Never leave a child, a helpless view of the area behind your windows are up. To reduce the adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, vehicle. sound, open a front window. especially with the windows If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle closed in warm or hot weather. Power Windows may have three control buttons at They can be overcome by the the bottom of the mirror. See your extreme heat and suffer dealer for more information about permanent injuries or even death { Warning OnStar and how to subscribe to it. from heat stroke. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1. Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the Do not spray glass cleaner directly path of a closing window. Never on the mirror. Use a soft towel leave keys in a vehicle with dampened with water. children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window Manual Rearview Mirror lockout button to prevent Push the tab forward for daytime operation of the windows. use and pull it rearward for See Keys on page 2-1. nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
Window Lockout Sun Visors Pull the sun visor down to block out glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side. Visor Vanity Mirror The vehicle may have vanity mirrors and card holders on the back of the sun visors. Swing down the sun visor to expose the vanity mirror. The switches on the driver door control all windows. In addition, each passenger door has a switch This feature prevents the rear for its own window. passenger windows from operating, Press the switch down to open the except from the driver position. window. Pull the front of the switch . Press v to activate the window up to close it. lockout. The power windows only operate . v with the ignition in ACC/ Press again to deactivate the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or when window lockout. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-18. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-15 Adding Equipment to the Safety System Check ...... 3-15 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-28 Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-16 Airbag System Check ...... 3-29 Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-16 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-29 Head Restraints Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Airbag System Child Restraints Airbag System ...... 3-17 Older Children ...... 3-30 Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19 Infants and Young Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 When Should an Airbag Children ...... 3-32 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-35 Front Seat Armrest ...... 3-5 What Makes an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-36 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-5 Inflate? ...... 3-21 Lower Anchors and Tethers Rear Seats How Does an Airbag for Children (LATCH Restrain? ...... 3-21 System) ...... 3-38 Rear Seats ...... 3-6 What Will You See after an Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-22 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-45 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts System ...... 3-23 (Rear Seat) ...... 3-45 Properly ...... 3-10 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Securing Child Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 Vehicle ...... 3-28 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-48 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, press top of the restraint is at the same the button, located on the top of the height as the top of the occupant's seatback, and push the head { Warning head. This position reduces the restraint down. Try to move the chances of a neck injury in a crash. head restraint after the button is With head restraints that are not released to make sure that it is installed and adjusted properly, Front Seats locked in place. there is a greater chance that The front seats have adjustable occupants will suffer a neck/ The front seat outboard head head restraints in the outboard restraints are not removable. spinal injury in a crash. Do not seating positions. drive until the head restraints for Rear Seats all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. The vehicle's rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-3
The height of the head restraint can Front Seats To adjust the seat: be adjusted. Pull the head restraint 1. Lift the bar under the front edge up to raise it. Try to move the head Seat Adjustment of the seat cushion to unlock restraint to make sure that it is the seat. locked in place. Manual Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired To lower the head restraint, press position and release the bar. the button, located on the top of the { Warning seatback, and push the head 3. Try to move the seat back and restraint down. Try to move the You can lose control of the forth to be sure it is locked in head restraint after the button is vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place. released to make sure that it is seat while the vehicle is moving. Seat Height Adjuster locked in place. Adjust the driver seat only when If you are installing a child restraint the vehicle is not moving. in the rear seat, see “Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-38.
If available, turn the knob to raise or lower the seat. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-4 Seats and Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then Warning (Continued) release the lever to lock the { Warning seatback in place. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will If either seatback is not locked, it 3. Push and pull on the seatback to be in front of you. In a crash, you could move forward in a sudden make sure it is locked in place. could go into it, receiving neck or stop or crash. That could cause To return the seatback to the upright other injuries. injury to the person sitting there. position: Always push and pull on the The lap belt could go up over seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without your abdomen. The belt forces locked. applying pressure to the would be there, not at your pelvic seatback, and the seatback will bones. This could cause serious return to the upright position. internal injuries. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to For proper protection when the make sure it is locked. vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well { Warning back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly. Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. (Continued)
To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Front Seat Armrest Heated Front Seats
{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. To reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on Do not have a seatback reclined if the seat that insulates against the vehicle is moving. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, There is an armrest on the inboard cover, or similar item. This may side of the driver seat. To raise or cause the seat heater to lower the armrest, push up or pull overheat. An overheated seat down on the armrest. heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-6 Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats 2. Slide the front seats forward and place the front seatbacks in the Folding the Seatback upright position. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3 and Either side of the seatback can be Reclining Seatbacks on folded down for more cargo space. page 3-4. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. 3. Pull up on the front edge of the rear seat cushion to release it. { Caution Tilt the seat cushion forward toward the front of the vehicle. Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause If available, the buttons are below damage to the seat or the safety the climate control system. To belts. Always unbuckle the safety operate, the engine must be belts and return them to their running. normal stowed position before Press L or M to heat the driver or folding a rear seat. passenger seat. The indicator light on the control turns on when this To fold a seatback down: feature is on. Press the control again to turn this feature off. 1. Remove the rear head restraints. See “Head Restraint Removal The passenger seat may take and Reinstallation” under Lower longer to heat up. Anchors and Tethers for 4. Pull up the release knob on the Children (LATCH System) on top of the seatback. page 3-38. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-7
Warning (Continued) { Warning
Always push and pull on the With head restraints that are not seatbacks to be sure they are installed and adjusted properly, locked. there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for { Warning all occupants are installed and A safety belt that is improperly adjusted properly. routed, not properly attached, 5. Fold the seatback forward or twisted will not provide the To return the rear seats to the and down. protection needed in a crash. The normal seating position: person wearing the belt could be 6. Repeat Steps 1 5 for the other – seriously injured. After raising the seatback and seat cushion, if desired. rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are Raising the Seatback properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. { Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-8 Seats and Restraints
1. Insert the safety belt latch plate 5. Return the seat cushion to its Safety Belts into the hole on the side trim original position and push down before raising the seatback. on the front part of the seat This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts The safety belt should not cross cushion until it latches. properly. It also describes some the seatback locking mechanism 6. Remove the safety belt from the things not to do with safety belts. when raising the seatback. hole on the side trim. 2. Lift the seatback up slightly and 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 for the other { Warning reinstall the head restraint. See seatback and seat cushion, “Head Restraint Removal and if necessary. Do not let anyone ride where a Reinstallation” under Lower If added cargo space is not needed, safety belt cannot be worn Anchors and Tethers for the seatbacks should be kept in the properly. In a crash, if you or your Children (LATCH System) on upright, locked position passenger(s) are not wearing page 3-38. safety belts, injuries can be much 3. Push the seatback rearward all worse than if you are wearing the way to lock it in place. safety belts. You can be seriously 4. Push and pull the top of the injured or killed by hitting things seatback to be sure it is locked inside the vehicle harder or by into position. being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-9
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing Warning (Continued) safety belts makes such good sense. are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow Questions and Answers About passengers to ride in any area of Safety Belts the vehicle that is not equipped Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle with seats and safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a Always wear a safety belt, and safety belt? check that all passenger(s) are A: You could be — whether you are restrained properly too. wearing a safety belt or not. Your chance of being conscious This vehicle has indicators as a during and after a crash, so you reminder to buckle the safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. page 5-10. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety going until something stops you. belts? It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental systems only; so they work with When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the when worn properly, your strongest most protection. bones take the forces from the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Also, in nearly all states and in . Wear the shoulder belt over the all Canadian provinces, the law shoulder and across the chest. requires wearing safety belts. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining How to Wear Safety Belts forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. Properly This section is only for people of { Warning adult size. You can be seriously injured, There are special things to know or even killed, by not wearing about safety belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller your safety belt properly. children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become Children on page 3-30 or Infants of you. loose or twisted. and Young Children on page 3-32. . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt Follow those rules for everyone's for your seating position. under both arms or behind protection. . Wear the lap part of the belt low your back. It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or to buckle up. Statistics show that touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong armrest. in crashes than those who are pelvic bones and you would be wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-11
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted. have a lap-shoulder belt. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if The following instructions explain you pull the belt across you very how to wear a lap-shoulder belt quickly. If this happens, let the properly. belt go back slightly to unlock it. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Then pull the belt across you adjustable, so you can sit up more slowly. straight. To see how, see “Seats” If the shoulder portion of a in the Index. passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. 3. Push the latch plate into the If this happens, let the belt go buckle until it clicks. back all the way and start again. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 3-15. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-12 Seats and Restraints
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not in this section for instructions on contacting, the neck. Improper use and important safety shoulder belt height adjustment information. could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3-10.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Before a door is closed, be sure the belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt Press the release button and move height adjuster for the driver and the height adjuster down to the front outboard passenger seating desired position. The adjuster can positions. be moved up by pushing up on the adjuster. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-13
After the adjuster is set to the replaced. See Replacing Safety Belt To install: desired position, try to move it down System Parts after a Crash on without pressing the release button page 3-16. to make sure it has locked into position. Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle may have rear safety This vehicle has safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are pretensioners for front outboard available through your dealer. occupants. Although the safety belt Rear safety belt comfort guides may pretensioners cannot be seen, they provide added safety belt comfort are part of the safety belt assembly. for older children who have They can help tighten the safety outgrown booster seats and for belts during the early stages of a some adults. When installed on a moderate to severe frontal, near shoulder belt, the comfort guide 1. Locate the anchor loop on the frontal, side, or rear crash if the positions the shoulder belt away rear outboard seatback, near threshold conditions for pretensioner from the neck and head. the top. activation are met. Safety belt pretensioners can also help tighten 2. Attach the comfort guide to the the safety belts in a side crash or a anchor loop by threading the rollover event. hook through the loop. Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other new parts of the vehicle's safety belt system will need to be Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-14 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
3. Place the guide over the belt, 4. Be sure that the belt is not and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be behind the belt with the plastic guide on the front.
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly 5. Buckle, position, and release the worn may not provide the safety belt as described protection needed in a crash. The previously in this section. Make person wearing the belt could be sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not seriously injured. The shoulder falling off of it. The belt should belt should go over the shoulder be close to, but not contacting, (Continued) the neck. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-15
To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten be removed from the guide. Unhook around you, you should use it. the guide from the loop on the seat. But if a safety belt is not long Store the guide in a convenient enough, your dealer will order you place like the glove box for the next an extender. When you go in to time it is needed. order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be Safety Belt Use During long enough for you. To help avoid Pregnancy personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the Safety belts work for everyone, A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to fit. The extender including pregnant women. Like all has been designed for adults. Never occupants, they are more likely to lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as use it for securing child seats. To be seriously injured if they do not wear it, attach it to the regular safety wear safety belts. possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. belt. See the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Safety System Check belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a Now and then, check that the safety crash. For pregnant women, as for belt reminder light, safety belts, anyone, the key to making safety buckles, latch plates, retractors, and belts effective is wearing them anchorages are all working properly. properly. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job. See your dealer Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-16 Seats and Restraints
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety safety belts may not protect you in a belt assemblies inspected or crash. They can rip apart under System Parts after a replaced. Crash impact forces. If a belt is torn or New parts and repairs may be frayed, get a new one right away. necessary even if the safety belt Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning system was not being used at the light is working. See Safety Belt time of the crash. Reminders on page 5-10. A crash can damage the safety belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners, Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system if equipped, checked if the vehicle See Safety Belt Care on page 3-16. may not properly protect the has been in a crash, or if the airbag person using it, resulting in readiness light stays on after you Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a start the vehicle or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light crash. To help make sure the Keep belts clean and dry. on page 5-11. safety belt systems are working { Warning properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as It may severely weaken them. In possible. a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary. soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (17,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-17
Airbag System . A roof-rail airbag for the front the risk of injury from the force of an outboard passenger and the inflating bag, all airbags must inflate The vehicle has the following passenger seated directly very quickly to do their job. airbags: behind the front outboard passenger. Here are the most important things . A frontal airbag for the driver. to know about the airbag system: All vehicle airbags have the word . A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning outboard passenger. near the deployment opening. . A knee airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word You can be severely injured or . A knee airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the killed in a crash if you are not outboard passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on wearing your safety belt, even the instrument panel for the front . A seat-mounted side impact with airbags. Airbags are outboard passenger. airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG belts, not replace them. Also, . A seat-mounted side impact is on the lower part of the airbags are not designed to inflate airbag for the front outboard instrument panel. in every crash. In some crashes passenger. safety belts are the only restraint. For seat-mounted side impact . Seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the airbags for the second row side of the seatback closest to Inflate? on page 3-20. outboard passengers. the door. Wearing your safety belt during a . A roof-rail airbag for the driver For roof-rail airbags, the word crash helps reduce the chance of and the passenger seated AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. hitting things inside the vehicle or directly behind the driver. being ejected from it. Airbags are Airbags are designed to supplement “supplemental restraints” to the the protection provided by safety safety belts. Everyone in the belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to help reduce (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (18,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-18 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
vehicle should wear a safety belt Occupants should not lean on or properly, whether or not there is sleep against the door or side an airbag for that person. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags There is an airbag readiness light and/or roof-rail airbags. on the instrument cluster, which { Warning shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical Because airbags inflate with great { Warning system for malfunctions. The light force and faster than the blink of tells you if there is an electrical an eye, anyone who is up Children who are up against, problem. See Airbag Readiness against, or very close to any or very close to, any airbag when Light on page 5-11 for more airbag when it inflates can be it inflates can be seriously injured information. seriously injured or killed. Do not or killed. Always secure children sit unnecessarily close to any properly in the vehicle. To read airbag, as you would be if sitting how, see Older Children on on the edge of the seat or leaning page 3-30 or Infants and Young forward. Safety belts help keep Children on page 3-32. you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (19,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-19
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger steering column. The front outboard Side Similar passenger knee airbag is below the The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box. The seat-mounted side impact center of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and front outboard passenger are in the side The front outboard passenger of the seatbacks closest to the door. frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, right front passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (20,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-20 Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag Warning (Continued) Inflate? or even death. The path of an This vehicle is equipped with inflating airbag must be kept airbags. See Airbag System on clear. Do not put anything page 3-17. Airbags are designed to between an occupant and an inflate if the impact exceeds the airbag, and do not attach or put specific airbag system's deployment anything on the steering wheel threshold. Deployment thresholds hub or on or near any other are used to predict how severe a airbag covering. crash is likely to be in time for the Do not use seat accessories that airbags to inflate and help restrain Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a the occupants. The vehicle has electronic sensors that help the Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag. airbag system determine the The second row seat-mounted side Never secure anything to the roof severity of the impact. Deployment impact airbags are in the sides of of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags thresholds can vary with specific the rear seatback closest to by routing a rope or tie‐down vehicle design. the door. through any door or window Frontal airbags are designed to opening. If you do, the path of an inflate in moderate to severe frontal { Warning inflating roof-rail airbag will be or near frontal crashes to help blocked. reduce the potential for severe If something is between an injuries, mainly to the driver's or occupant and an airbag, the front outboard passenger's head airbag might not inflate properly and chest. or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily (Continued) on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (21,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-21
It depends on what is hit, the Seat-mounted side impact airbags In any particular crash, no one can direction of the impact, and how are designed to inflate in moderate say whether an airbag should have quickly the vehicle slows down. to severe side crashes depending inflated simply because of the Frontal airbags may inflate at on the location of the impact. vehicle damage or repair costs. different crash speeds depending on Seat-mounted side impact airbags whether the vehicle hits an object are not designed to inflate in frontal What Makes an Airbag straight on or at an angle, and impacts, near frontal impacts, Inflate? whether the object is fixed or rollovers, or rear impacts. In a deployment event, the sensing moving, rigid or deformable, narrow A seat-mounted side impact airbag system sends an electrical signal or wide. is designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle that is struck. triggering a release of gas from the Frontal airbags are not intended to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in airbag causing the bag to break out inflate in moderate to severe side rear impacts, or in many side of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, crashes depending on the location impacts. and related hardware are all part of of the impact. In addition, these the airbag module. In addition, the vehicle has roof-rail airbags are designed to advanced technology frontal inflate during a rollover or in a For airbag locations, see Where Are airbags. Advanced technology severe frontal impact. Roof-rail the Airbags? on page 3-19. frontal airbags adjust the restraint airbags are not designed to inflate in according to crash severity. rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags How Does an Airbag Knee airbags are designed to inflate will inflate when either side of the Restrain? in moderate to severe frontal or vehicle is struck, if the sensing near frontal impacts. Knee airbags system predicts that the vehicle is In moderate to severe frontal or are not designed to inflate during about to roll over on its side, or in a near frontal collisions, even belted vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, severe frontal impact. occupants can contact the steering or in many side impacts. wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (22,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-22 Seats and Restraints
collisions, even belted occupants What Will You See after can contact the inside of the { Warning vehicle. an Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there Airbags supplement the protection After the frontal airbags and seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust provided by safety belts by could cause breathing problems distributing the force of the impact inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not for people with a history of more evenly over the asthma or other breathing trouble. occupant's body. even realize an airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as are designed to help contain the they inflate. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have head and chest of occupants in the the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot outboard seating positions in the several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an first and second rows. The rollover airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air capable roof-rail airbags are Airbags? on page 3-19. by opening a window or a door. designed to help reduce the risk of If you experience breathing full or partial ejection in rollover The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag events, although no system can deployment, you should seek prevent all such ejections. but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated types of collisions, primarily airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may because the occupant's motion is prevent the driver from seeing out of not toward those airbags. See When automatically unlock the doors, turn the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard Should an Airbag Inflate? on the vehicle, nor does it prevent page 3-20. warning flashers, and shut off the people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate. Airbags should never be regarded The feature may also activate, as anything more than a supplement without airbag inflation, after an to safety belts. event that exceeds a predetermined Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (23,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-23
threshold. You can lock the doors, In many crashes severe enough to . Let only qualified technicians and turn off the interior lamps, and inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems. turn off the hazard warning flashers broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that by using the controls for those Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work features. also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for passenger airbag. service. { . Warning Airbags are designed to inflate Passenger Sensing only once. After an airbag A crash severe enough to inflate inflates, you will need some new System the airbags may have also parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger damaged important functions in If you do not get them, the sensing system for the front the vehicle, such as the fuel airbag system will not be there outboard passenger position. The system, brake and steering to help protect you in another passenger airbag status indicator systems, etc. Even if the vehicle crash. A new system will include will light on the center display when appears to be drivable after a airbag modules and possibly the vehicle is started. moderate crash, there may be other parts. The service manual concealed damage that could for the vehicle covers the need make it difficult to safely operate to replace other parts. the vehicle. . The vehicle has a crash sensing Use caution if you should attempt and diagnostic module which to restart the engine after a crash records information after a has occurred. crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 13-13 and Event Data Recorders on page 13-14. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (24,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-24 Seats and Restraints
airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the { Warning passenger sensing system. A child in a rear-facing child The passenger sensing system restraint can be seriously injured works with sensors that are part of or killed if the front outboard the front outboard passenger seat passenger frontal airbag inflates. United States and safety belt. The sensors are This is because the back of the designed to detect the presence of rear-facing child restraint would a properly seated occupant and be very close to the inflating determine if the front outboard airbag. A child in a forward-facing passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag should be allowed to inflate child restraint can be seriously or not. injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Canada According to accident statistics, inflates and the passenger seat is children are safer when properly in a forward position. The words ON and OFF, or the secured in a rear seat in the correct symbol for on and off, will be visible child restraint for their weight Even if the passenger sensing during the system check. When the and size. system has turned off the front system check is complete, either the outboard passenger airbag(s), no Whenever possible, children aged word ON or OFF, or the symbol for system is fail-safe. No one can on or off, will be visible. See 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not Passenger Airbag Status Indicator inflate under some unusual on page 5-11. Never put a rear-facing child seat in circumstance, even though the The passenger sensing system the front. This is because the risk to airbag(s) are off. the rear-facing child is so great, turns off the front outboard (Continued) passenger frontal airbag and knee if the airbag inflates. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (25,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-25
. The system determines that a passenger seat. When the Warning (Continued) small child is present in a passenger sensing system has booster seat. allowed the airbags to be enabled, Secure rear-facing child restraints . A front outboard passenger the on indicator will light and stay lit in a rear seat, even if the takes his/her weight off of the as a reminder that the airbags are airbag(s) are off. If you secure a seat for a period of time. active. forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger . The front outboard passenger For some children who have seat, always move the seat as far seat is occupied by a smaller outgrown child restraints and for very small adults, the passenger back as it will go. It is better to person, such as a child who has sensing system may or may not turn secure the child restraint in a outgrown child restraints. off the front outboard passenger . rear seat. There is a critical problem with frontal airbag and knee airbag, the airbag system or the depending upon the person's passenger sensing system. The passenger sensing system is seating posture and body build. designed to turn off the front When the passenger sensing Everyone in the vehicle who has outboard passenger frontal airbag system has turned off the front outgrown child restraints should and knee airbag if: outboard passenger frontal airbag wear a safety belt properly — and knee airbag, the off indicator whether or not there is an airbag for . The front outboard passenger will light and stay lit as a reminder that person. seat is unoccupied. that the airbags are off. See . The system determines that an Passenger Airbag Status Indicator { Warning infant is present in a rear-facing on page 5-11. infant seat. The passenger sensing system is If the airbag readiness light ever . The system determines that a designed to turn on the front comes on and stays on, it means small child is present in a child outboard passenger frontal airbag that something may be wrong restraint. and knee airbag anytime the system with the airbag system. To help senses that a person of adult size is (Continued) sitting properly in the front outboard Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (26,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-26 Seats and Restraints
Seat) on page 3-48 or Securing If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Warning (Continued) Child Restraints (Front Adult-Sized Occupant Passenger Seat) on page 3-48. avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right 5. If, after reinstalling the child away. See Airbag Readiness restraint and restarting the Light on page 5-11 for more vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, information, including important turn the vehicle off. Then slightly safety information. recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that If the On Indicator Is Lit for a the vehicle seatback is not Child Restraint pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion. Also make If a child restraint has been installed sure the child restraint is not and the on indicator is lit: trapped under the vehicle head 1. Turn the vehicle off. restraint. If this happens, adjust If a person of adult size is sitting in 2. Remove the child restraint from the head restraint. See Head the front outboard passenger seat, the vehicle. Restraints on page 3-2. but the off indicator is lit, it could be 3. Remove any additional items 6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or that the child from the seat such as blankets, If the on indicator is still lit, secure restraint locking feature is engaged. cushions, seat covers, seat the child in the child restraint in a Use the following steps to allow the heaters, or seat massagers. rear seat position in the vehicle, and system to detect that person and check with your dealer. 4. Reinstall the child restraint enable the front outboard passenger following the directions provided frontal airbag and knee airbag: by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to 1. Turn the vehicle off. Securing Child Restraints (Rear Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (27,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-27
2. Remove any additional material A thick layer of additional material, from the seat, such as blankets, { Warning such as a blanket or cushion, cushions, seat covers, seat or aftermarket equipment such as heaters, or seat massagers. If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the 3. Place the seatback in the fully adult-sized occupant, the airbag upright position. passenger sensing system will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you 4. Have the person sit upright in protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other the seat, centered on the seat resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when cushion, with legs comfortably serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific extended. adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on is pulled out all the way, the passenger seat, if the passenger page 3-28 for more information child restraint locking feature will airbag off indicator is lit. about modifications that can affect be engaged. This may how the system operates. unintentionally cause the Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an passenger sensing system to System Operation object, such as a briefcase, turn the airbag off for some handbag, grocery bag, laptop, adult-sized occupants. If this Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on happens, unbuckle the belt and passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not let the belt go back all the way, during vehicle maneuvers and desired, remove the object from and then buckle the belt again braking, which helps the passenger the seat. without pulling the belt out all sensing system maintain the the way. passenger airbag status. See Safety Belts and Child Restraints 6. Restart the vehicle and have the “ ” “ ” in the Index for additional person remain in this position for information about the importance of two to three minutes after the on proper restraint use. indicator is lit. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (28,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-28 Seats and Restraints
module, steering wheel, instrument { Warning { Warning panel, any of the airbag modules, ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the sensors, side impact sensors, passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the or airbag wiring. passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you have information about the location sensing system. are close to an airbag when it of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. wiring. They are probably part of the Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so. which includes sensors that are part should be serviced. There are parts of the passenger seat. The of the airbag system in several passenger sensing system may not places around the vehicle. Your Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat dealer and the service manual have Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM information about servicing the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat Information on page 13-11. metal may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort-enhancing pad from working properly. The or device, installed under or on top operation of the airbag system can of the seat fabric, could also also be affected by changing any interfere with the operation of the parts of the front seats, safety belts, passenger sensing system. This the airbag sensing and diagnostic could either prevent proper Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (29,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-29
deployment of the passenger Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash turning off the passenger airbag(s). regularly scheduled maintenance or See Passenger Sensing System on replacement. Make sure the airbag { Warning page 3-23. readiness light is working. See Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the The vehicle has rollover roof-rail page 5-11. airbag systems in the vehicle. airbags. See Different Size Tires A damaged airbag system may and Wheels on page 10-51 for not work properly and may additional important information. { Caution not protect you and your If you have to modify your vehicle If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting because you have a disability and opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. you have questions about whether may not work properly. Do not To help make sure the airbag the modifications will affect the open or break the airbag systems are working properly vehicle's airbag system, or if you coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them have questions about whether the opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary airbag system will be affected if the coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as vehicle is modified for any other covering and/or airbag module possible. reason, call Customer Assistance. replaced. For the location of the See Customer Assistance Offices airbags, see Where Are the on page 13-3. Airbags? on page 3-19. See your dealer for service. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (30,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-30 Seats and Restraints
If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that replace airbag system parts. See come with the booster seat state the your dealer for service. Older Children weight and height limitations for that If the airbag readiness light stays on booster. Use a booster seat with a after the vehicle is started or comes lap-shoulder belt until the child on when you are driving, the airbag passes the fit test below: system may not work properly. Have . Sit all the way back on the seat. the vehicle serviced right away. See Do the knees bend at the seat Airbag Readiness Light on edge? If yes, continue. If no, page 5-11. return to the booster seat. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear safety belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt Older children who have outgrown ” on page 3-11. If a comfort guide booster seats should wear the is not available, or if the vehicle safety belts. shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat. . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (31,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-31
. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts wear safety belts? properly. A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the { Warning additional restraint a shoulder Never allow more than one child belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The belt should not cross the face or neck. The lap belt should fit safety belt cannot properly spread snugly below the hips, just the impact forces. In a crash, they touching the top of the thighs. can be crushed together and { Warning This applies belt force to the seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the child's pelvic bones in a crash. safety belt with the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the at a time. behind their back. A child can be abdomen, which could cause seriously injured by not wearing severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on The child could move too far page 3-11. forward increasing the chance of According to accident statistics, head and neck injury. The child children are safer when properly might also slide under the lap restrained in a rear seating position. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (32,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-32 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Children belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs the way back into the retractor, applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants and but it cannot do this if it is That could cause serious or fatal all other children. Neither the wrapped around a child’s neck. injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and If the shoulder belt is locked and go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the tightened around a child’s neck, the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety the only way to loosen the belt is restraints. In fact, the law in every to cut it. state in the United States and in Never leave children unattended every Canadian province says in a vehicle and never allow children up to some age must be children to play with the safety restrained while in a vehicle. belts. { Warning Every time infants and young Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's safety belt system nor cannot be loosened if it is locked. its airbag system is designed The shoulder belt locks when it is for them. pulled all the way out of the Children who are not restrained retractor. It unlocks when the properly can strike other people, shoulder belt is allowed to go all or can be thrown out of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (33,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-33
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Never hold an infant or a child the front outboard seat, always while riding in a vehicle. Due to move the front passenger seat as crash forces, an infant or a child far back as it will go. will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. For example, in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant should be secured in an appropriate { Warning restraint. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat. Secure a Q: What are the different types of rear-facing child restraint in a rear add-on child restraints? seat. It is also better to secure a A: Add-on child restraints, which forward-facing child restraint in a are purchased by the vehicle rear seat. If you must secure a owner, are available in four basic forward-facing child restraint in types. Selection of a particular (Continued) restraint should take into consideration not only the child's Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (34,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-34 Seats and Restraints
weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will { Warning { Warning be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular For most basic types of child need complete support. In a safety belt may not remain low on restraints, there are many crash, if an infant is in a the hip bones, as it should. different models available. When rear-facing child restraint, the Instead, it may settle up around purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in crash forces can be distributed the child's abdomen. In a crash, a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an the belt would apply force on a restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and body area that is unprotected by that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always any bony structure. This alone vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child could cause serious or fatal restraints. injuries. To reduce the risk of The restraint manufacturer instructions that come with the serious or fatal injuries during a restraint state the weight and crash, young children should height limitations for a particular always be secured in appropriate child restraint. In addition, there child restraints. are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (35,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-35
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system. restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child against the back of the infant. to see out the window. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (36,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-36 Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST { Warning When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not { Warning using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is in the vehicle. Child restraint in it. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States Where to Put the seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child Restraint portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child (LATCH System) on page 3-38. use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating Highway Traffic Safety position. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (37,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-37
Whenever possible, children aged Child restraints and booster seats 12 and under should be secured in Warning (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some a rear seating position. may fit in certain seating positions system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. Never put a rear-facing child seat in guarantee that an airbag will not the front. This is because the risk to deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the the rear-facing child is so great if the circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the airbag deploys. turned off. child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent safety belt { Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints assemblies or LATCH anchors for in a rear seat, even if the airbag additional passengers or child A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a restraints. Adjacent seating restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the child restraint prevents access to or airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back interferes with the routing of the the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure safety belt. restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat. Wherever a child restraint is the inflating airbag. A child in a See Passenger Sensing System installed, be sure to secure the child forward-facing child restraint can on page 3-23 for additional restraint properly. be seriously injured or killed if the information. Keep in mind that an unsecured front passenger airbag inflates child restraint can move around in a and the passenger seat is in a collision or sudden stop and injure forward position. When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the people in the vehicle. Be sure to Even if the passenger sensing instructions that came with the child properly secure any child restraint in system has turned off the front restraint to make sure it is the vehicle — even when no child is passenger frontal airbag, no compatible with this vehicle. in it. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (38,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-38 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat The following explains how to attach be secured with the LATCH system, a child restraint with these Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the attachments in the vehicle. (LATCH System) booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors restraint during driving or in a crash. with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint, Lower Anchors vehicle. The LATCH system is and also the instructions in this designed to make installation of a manual. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with In order to use the LATCH system in a top tether, you must also use your vehicle, you need a child either the lower anchors or the restraint that has LATCH safety belts to properly secure the attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top seats can be properly installed tether and anchor. using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can the vehicle s safety belts. Do not ’ be used until the combined weight use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt a rear-facing or forward-facing Lower anchors (1) are metal bars alone instead of the LATCH child seat. built into the vehicle. There are two anchorage system once the lower anchors for each LATCH Booster seats use the vehicle s ’ combined weight is more than seating position that will safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs). accommodate a child restraint with the booster seat. If the manufacturer lower attachments (2). Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (39,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-39
Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for your child the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint. A top tether anchor is built into the I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating vehicle. The top tether positions with top tether anchors. attachment (2) on the child restraint H (Lower Anchor): Seating connects to the top tether anchor in positions with two lower anchors. the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (40,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-40 Seats and Restraints
To assist in locating the lower According to accident statistics, anchors, each seating position with children and infants are safer when lower anchors has two labels, near properly restrained in a child the crease between the seatback restraint system or infant restraint and the seat cushion. system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint on page 3-36 for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System To assist in locating the top tether The top tether anchors are on the anchors, the top tether anchor rear wall of the cargo area. Be sure { Warning symbol is on the trim near the to use an anchor on the same side anchor. If a LATCH-type child restraint is of the vehicle as the seating not attached to anchors or with position where the child restraint will the safety belt, the child restraint be placed. will not be able to protect the child Do not secure a child restraint in a correctly. In a crash, the child position without a top tether anchor could be seriously injured or if a national or local law requires killed. Install a LATCH-type child that the top tether be attached, or if restraint properly using the the instructions that come with the anchors, or use the vehicle safety child restraint say that the top tether belts to secure the restraint, must be attached. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (41,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-41
Warning (Continued) { Warning { Caution
following the instructions that Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH came with the child restraint and or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck. The vehicle’s safety belts. This may shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary, cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH { Warning pulled all the way out of the attachments. To reduce the risk of serious or retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the empty rear seat fatal injuries during a crash, do shoulder belt is allowed to go all with a safety belt buckled. This not attach more than one child the way back into the retractor, could damage the safety belt or restraint to a single anchor. but it cannot do this if it is the seat. Unbuckle and return the Attaching more than one child wrapped around a child’s neck. safety belt to its stowed position, restraint to a single anchor could If the shoulder belt is locked and before folding the seat. cause the anchor or attachment tightened around a child’s neck, to come loose or even break the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one during a crash. A child or others child restraint in the rear seat, see could be injured. Buckle any unused safety belts Where to Put the Restraint on behind the child restraint so page 3-36. children cannot reach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out This system is designed to make installation of child restraints easier. of the retractor to set the lock, When using lower anchors, do not and tighten the belt behind the use the vehicle's safety belts. child restraint after the child Instead use the vehicle's anchors restraint has been installed. and child restraint attachments to Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (42,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-42 Seats and Restraints
secure the restraints. Some 1.2. Put the child restraint on 2. If the child restraint manufacturer restraints also use another vehicle the seat. recommends that the top tether anchor to secure a top tether. For rear outboard seating be attached, attach and tighten 1. Attach and tighten the lower positions, if the head the top tether to the top tether attachments to the lower restraint interferes with the anchor, if equipped. Refer to the anchors. If the child restraint proper installation of the child restraint instructions and does not have lower child restraint, the head the following steps: attachments or the desired restraint may be removed. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. seating position does not have See “Head Restraint 2.2. Remove the cargo cover lower anchors, secure the child Removal and before installing the top restraint with the top tether and Reinstallation” at the end of tether. Place the cargo the safety belts. Refer to your this section. cover on the floor of the child restraint manufacturer When installing a cargo area. The cargo instructions and the instructions rear-facing child restraint, it cover should remain off in this manual. may be necessary to move while the top tether is 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the front seat forward to in use. the desired seating properly install the child position. restraint per the child restraint manufacturer instructions. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (43,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-43
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten If you are using a single If you are using a dual the top tether according to tether in an outboard tether in an outboard your child restraint seating position and the seating position and the instructions and the head restraint has been head restraint has been following instructions: removed, route the tether removed, route the tether over the seatback. over the seatback and over the inboard edge of the rear speaker. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (44,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-44 Seats and Restraints
If the rear outboard seating 3. Before placing a child in the position you are using has child restraint, make sure it is an adjustable head restraint securely held in place. To check, and you are using a single grasp the child restraint at the tether, raise the head LATCH path and attempt to restraint and route the move it side to side and back tether under the head and forth. There should be no restraint and in between the more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of head restraint posts. movement for proper installation. Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation
The rear outboard head restraints 2. Press both buttons on the head can be removed if they interfere with restraint posts at the same time, the proper installation of the child and pull up on the head restraint. restraint. To remove the head restraint: 3. Store the head restraint in the 1. Partially fold the seatback cargo area of the vehicle inside If the rear outboard seating forward. See Rear Seats on the cargo net. position you are using has page 3-6 for additional 4. When the child restraint is an adjustable head restraint information. removed, reinstall the head and you are using a dual restraint before the seating tether, raise the head position is used. restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and around the head restraint posts. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (45,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-45
1. Insert the head restraint posts { Warning into the holes in the top of the Warning (Continued) seatback. The notches on the With head restraints that are not posts must face the driver side death in a crash. To help make installed and adjusted properly, of the vehicle. sure the LATCH system is there is a greater chance that working properly after a crash, occupants will suffer a neck/ 2. Push the head restraint down. see your dealer to have the spinal injury in a crash. Do not If necessary, press the height system inspected and any drive until the head restraints for adjustment release button to necessary replacements made as all occupants are installed and further lower the head restraint. soon as possible. adjusted properly. See Head Restraints on page 3-2. If the vehicle has the LATCH system To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to and it was being used during a make sure that it is locked in crash, new LATCH system parts place. may be needed. New parts and repairs may be Replacing LATCH System necessary even if the LATCH Parts After a Crash system was not being used at the time of the crash. { Warning Securing Child Restraints A crash can damage the LATCH (Rear Seat) system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly When securing a child restraint in a secure the child restraint, rear seating position, study the resulting in serious injury or even instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is (Continued) compatible with this vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (46,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-46 Seats and Restraints
If the child restraint has the LATCH this position. Be sure to follow the restraint manufacturer system, see Lower Anchors and instructions that came with the child instructions. See Seat Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the Adjustment on page 3-3. System) on page 3-38 for how and child restraint when and as the 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run where to install the child restraint instructions say. the lap and shoulder portions of using LATCH. If a child restraint is If more than one child restraint the vehicle safety belt through or secured in the vehicle using a needs to be installed in the rear around the restraint. The child safety belt and it uses a top tether, seat, be sure to read Where to Put restraint instructions will show see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the Restraint on page 3-36. you how. Children (LATCH System) on page 3-38 for top tether anchor 1. Put the child restraint on locations. the seat. Do not secure a child seat in a If the head restraint interferes position without a top tether anchor with the proper installation of the if a national or local law requires child restraint, the head restraint that the top tether be anchored, or if may be removed. See “Head the instructions that come with the Restraint Removal and child restraint say that the top strap Reinstallation” under Lower must be anchored. Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on In Canada, the law requires that page 3-38. forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be When installing a rear-facing attached. child restraint, it may be necessary to move the front seat If the child restraint or vehicle seat forward to properly install the position does not have the LATCH child restraint per the child system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (47,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-47
3. Push the latch plate into the 6. If the child restraint has a top buckle until it clicks. tether, follow the child restraint Position the release button on manufacturer's instructions the buckle so that the safety belt regarding the use of the top could be quickly unbuckled if tether. See Lower Anchors and necessary. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-38 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, may be helpful to use your knee 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and out of the retractor to set the to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. restraint as you tighten the belt. lock. When the retractor lock is If the top tether is attached to a top set, the belt can be tightened but Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. If the not pulled out of the retractor. retractor to make sure the head restraint was removed, retractor is locked. If the reinstall it before the seating retractor is not locked, repeat position is used. See “Head Steps 4 and 5. Restraint Removal and Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (48,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-48 Seats and Restraints
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH { Warning Warning (Continued) System) on page 3-38. A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints Securing Child Restraints restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the or killed if the front outboard airbag(s) are off. If you secure a (Front Passenger Seat) passenger frontal airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in This vehicle has airbags. A rear This is because the back of the the front outboard passenger seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would seat, always move the seat as far forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to Where to Put the Restraint on airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a page 3-36. child restraint can be seriously rear seat. In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front See Passenger Sensing System passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag on page 3-23 for additional designed to turn off the front inflates and the passenger seat is information. outboard passenger frontal airbag in a forward position. and knee airbag under certain Even if the passenger sensing If the child restraint uses a top conditions. See Passenger Sensing system has turned off the front System on page 3-23 and tether, see Lower Anchors and outboard passenger airbag(s), no Tethers for Children (LATCH Passenger Airbag Status Indicator system is fail-safe. No one can on page 5-11 for more information System) on page 3-38 for top tether guarantee that an airbag will not on this, including important safety anchor locations. inflate under some unusual information. Do not secure a child seat in a circumstance, even though the position without a top tether anchor Never put a rear-facing child seat in airbag(s) are off. the front. This is because the risk to if a national or local law requires (Continued) the rear-facing child is so great, that the top tether be anchored, or if if the airbag deploys. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (49,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Seats and Restraints 3-49
the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on child restraint say that the top strap the seat. must be anchored. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions of forward-facing child restraints have the vehicle's safety belt through a top tether, and that the tether be or around the restraint. The child attached. restraint instructions will show When using the lap-shoulder belt to you how. secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 1. Move the seat as far back as it out of the retractor to set the will go before securing the lock. When the retractor lock is forward-facing child restraint. set, the belt can be tightened but When the passenger sensing not pulled out of the retractor. system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should 4. Push the latch plate into the light and stay lit when you start buckle until it clicks. the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on Position the release button on page 5-11. the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (50,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
3-50 Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag 6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started. shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the off symbol is not lit, see “If and feed the shoulder belt back the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3-23. may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child To remove the child restraint, restraint as you tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt and let it go back all the way. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Additional Storage Compartments Features Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 { Warning Cargo Cover Glove Box ...... 4-1 Do not store heavy or sharp { Warning Additional Storage Features objects in storage compartments. Cargo Cover ...... 4-1 In a crash, these objects may An unsecured cargo cover could Shopping Bag Hooks ...... 4-2 cause the cover to open and strike people in a sudden stop or Cargo Net ...... 4-2 could result in injury. turn, or in a crash. Store the Roof Rack System cargo cover securely or remove it Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Glove Box from the vehicle. Lift up on the glove box lever to The cargo cover can be used to open it. cover items in the rear of the vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
4-2 Storage
Shopping Bag Hooks
To remove the cargo cover: To install the cargo cover: 1. Remove both of the cords (1) 1. Align the cargo cover (3) on the from the hooks at the top of the trim panel edge (2) on both sides The vehicle has a shopping bag liftgate. and push it forward, locking the hook under the front seat head restraints. Lift the head restraints to 2. Pull the cargo cover (2) rearward cargo cover into the hooks (1). access the hook. to release the cargo cover. 2. Reconnect both of the cords to the hooks at the top of the liftgate. Cargo Net The cargo net is in the trunk and used to store small loads. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Storage 4-3
Roof Rack System Do not exceed the maximum vehicle { Caution capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack capacity and loading, see Vehicle that weighs more than 50 kg Load Limits on page 9-9. If something is carried on top of (110 lb) or hangs over the rear or the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten is being driven. The item being cargo securely. carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision To prevent damage or loss of cargo and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicle’s center certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden If equipped, the roof rack can be braking, or abrupt maneuvers; used to load items. For roof racks otherwise it may result in loss of that do not have crossrails included, control. If driving for a long distance, GM Certified crossrails can be on rough roads, or at high speeds, purchased as an accessory. See occasionally stop the vehicle to your dealer for additional make sure the cargo remains in its information. place. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
4-4 Storage
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-10 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-19 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-11 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-19 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Immobilizer Light ...... 5-20 Indicator ...... 5-11 Reduced Engine Power Charging System Light ...... 5-12 Light ...... 5-20 Controls Malfunction High-Beam On Light ...... 5-20 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-12 Daytime Running Lamps Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Service Vehicle Soon (DRL) Indicator Light ...... 5-20 Horn ...... 5-2 Light ...... 5-15 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-21 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-2 Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . 5-15 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-21 Rear Window Wiper/ Brake System Warning Cruise Control Light ...... 5-21 Washer ...... 5-4 Light ...... 5-15 Door Ajar Light ...... 5-21 Clock ...... 5-4 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Power Outlets ...... 5-6 Warning Light ...... 5-16 Information Displays Driver Information Warning Lights, Gauges, and Up-Shift Light ...... 5-16 Power Steering Warning Center (DIC) ...... 5-22 Indicators Light ...... 5-17 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Messages Traction Off Light ...... 5-17 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-25 Indicators ...... 5-7 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-17 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-8 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-26 Traction Control System Tire Messages ...... 5-26 Speedometer ...... 5-9 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-18 Odometer ...... 5-9 Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Personalization Trip Odometer ...... 5-9 Warning Light ...... 5-18 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-27 Tachometer ...... 5-9 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-19 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-9 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Controls Steering Wheel Controls or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on page 7-20 or OnStar Overview Steering Wheel on page 14-1. > / R (Mute/End Call): Press to Adjustment silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. If equipped with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, press to decline an incoming call, to end speech recognition, or to end a current call. x + or x − (Volume): Press + or − to increase or decrease the volume. Horn If equipped with audio steering wheel controls, some audio controls Press a on the steering wheel pad can be adjusted at the steering to sound the horn. wheel. To adjust the steering wheel: ¦ SEEK or SEEK ¥ (Next/ Windshield Wiper/Washer 1. Pull the lever down. Previous): Press to go to the next 2. Move the steering wheel up or previous radio station, song on ® or down. an iPod , or file on a USB device (if equipped). 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. 5 / g (Push to Talk): If equipped with Bluetooth or OnStar, press to Do not adjust the steering wheel interact with those systems. See while driving. Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7-19 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-3
The windshield wiper/washer lever Clear snow and ice from the wiper Windshield Washer is on the right side of the steering blades before using them. If frozen Pull the windshield wiper lever column. to the windshield, carefully loosen or toward you to spray windshield thaw them. Replace damaged wiper Move the lever to one of the washer fluid and activate the wipers. following positions: blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement on page 10-23. The wipers will continue until the HI: Use for fast wipes. lever is released or the maximum Heavy snow or ice can overload the wash time is reached. LO: Use for slow wipes. wiper motor. A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down. When the windshield wiper lever is released, additional wipes may Wiper Parking occur depending on how long the If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ windshield washer had been OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, activated. See Washer Fluid on or INT, they will immediately stop. page 10-18 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid If the windshield wiper lever is then reservoir. moved to OFF before the driver INT (Intermittent Wipes): Move door is opened or within 10 minutes, the lever up to INT for intermittent the wipers will restart and move to { Warning wipes, then turn the x INT band the base of the windshield. In freezing weather, do not use up for more frequent wipes or down If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ for less frequent wipes. the washer until the windshield is OFF while the wipers are performing warmed. Otherwise the washer OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. wipes due to windshield washing, fluid can form ice on the the wipers continue to run until they 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly windshield, blocking your vision. reach the base of the windshield. move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-4 Instruments and Controls
Rear Window Wiper/ Rear Wiper Arm Assembly interval wipes, then the rear wiper Washer Protection automatically performs interval If the vehicle is equipped with an wipes. If equipped with the rear wiper/ automatic transmission, when using This feature can be changed. See washer, the controls are on the end an automatic car wash, move the Vehicle Personalization on of the windshield wiper lever. rear wiper control to OFF to disable page 5-27. the rear wiper. If the transmission is The windshield washer reservoir is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed used for the windshield and the rear is very slow, the rear wiper will window. Check the fluid level in the automatically stop at the base of the reservoir if either washer is not rear window. working. See Washer Fluid on The wiper operations return to page 10-18. normal when the transmission is no Turn the rear wiper/washer band to longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle Clock operate the rear window wiper/ speed has increased. The rear washer. wiper will also stop when the liftgate Radio without Touchscreen ON: Turns the rear wiper on for is open. The infotainment system controls continuous wipes. Reverse Gear Wipes are used to access the time and OFF: Turns the rear wiper off. date settings through the menu If the rear wiper control is off, the system. See Operation on page 7-6 = (Rear Washer): Sprays washer rear wiper will automatically operate for information about how to use the fluid on the rear window. The control continuously when the shift lever is menu system. returns to its ON or OFF starting in R (Reverse), and the front position when released. windshield wiper is performing low Setting the Time and Date or high speed wipes. If the rear H wiper control is off, the shift lever is 1. Press the or CONFIG button in R (Reverse), and the front and select Time and Date windshield wiper is performing Settings. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-5
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Select Set Date Format. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format 3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 1. Press D , and then press 8 the desired value. the desired setting. settings. 4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to 4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to 2. Press time and date settings, select the value. select the DD/MM/YYYY (day/ and then set time format. month/year), MM/DD/YYYY 5. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 3. Select 12/24 HR Format. change the desired value. (month/day/year), or YYYY/MM/ DD (year/month/day) display Setting the Month and Day 6. To save and return to the Time format. Format Settings menu, press the / Radio with Touchscreen BACK button at any time. 1. Press D , and then press 8 The infotainment system controls settings. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format are used to access the time and H date settings through the menu 2. Press time and date settings, 1. Press the or CONFIG button and then set date format. and select Time and Date system. See Operation on page 7-6 for information about how to use the Settings. 3. Press S or T to set the date menu system. display to DD/MM/YYYY (day/ 2. Select Set Time Format. Setting the Time and Date month/year), MM/DD/YYYY 3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to (month/day/year), or YYYY/MM/ select the 12 hour or 24 hour 1. Press D, and then press 8 DD (year/month/day) display display format. settings. format. Setting the Month and Day 2. Press time and date settings, Format and then set time and date. 1. Press the H or CONFIG button 3. Press y or z to adjust the and select Time and Date value. Settings. 4. Press OK. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-6 Instruments and Controls
Power Outlets When adding electrical equipment, { Caution be sure to follow the proper The accessory power outlets can be installation instructions included with used to plug in electrical equipment, Leaving electrical equipment the equipment. See Add-On such as a cell phone or MP3 player. plugged in for an extended period Electrical Equipment on page 9-38. of time while the vehicle is off will The vehicle has an accessory power outlet in front of the drain the battery. Always unplug { Caution cupholders on the center stack. electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment Hanging heavy equipment from Open the cover to access and that exceeds the maximum replace when not in use. the power outlet can cause 20 amp rating. damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The power { Warning Certain accessory power plugs may outlets are designed for Power is always supplied to the not be compatible with the accessory power plugs only, such outlets. Do not leave electrical accessory power outlet and could as cell phone charge cords. equipment plugged in when the overload vehicle or adapter fuses. vehicle is not in use because the If a problem is experienced, see vehicle could catch fire and cause your dealer. injury or death. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-7
Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning lights work together to indicate a Indicators problem with the vehicle. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what warning lights and gauges could to do. Waiting to do repairs can be prevent injury. costly and even dangerous. Warning lights come on when there could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-8 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Automatic Transmission Shown, Metric and Manual Transmission Similar Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the vehicle The tachometer displays the engine speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) speed in revolutions per and miles per hour (mph). minute (rpm).
Odometer { Caution
If the engine is operated with the rpm’s in the warning area at the high end of the tachometer, the vehicle could be damaged, and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not The odometer shows how far the operate the engine with the rpm’s vehicle has been driven, in either in the warning area. The fuel gauge indicates about how kilometers or miles. much fuel is left when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Trip Odometer When the tank nears empty, the low fuel warning light will come on. The trip odometer shows how far There is still a little fuel left, but the the vehicle has been driven since vehicle's fuel tank should be filled the trip odometer was last reset. soon. See Low Fuel Warning Light The trip odometer is accessed and on page 5-19 for more information. reset through the Driver Information An arrow on the fuel gauge Center (DIC). See Driver indicates on which side of the Information Center (DIC) on vehicle the fuel door is located. page 5-22. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-10 Instruments and Controls
Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the gas pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this . It takes a little more or less fuel light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come to fill up than the gauge on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten indicated. For example, the their safety belt. Then the light stays their safety belt. Then the light stays gauge may have indicated the on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled. tank was half full, but it actually This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if took a little more or less than times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes half the tank's capacity to fill becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is the tank. vehicle is moving. moving. . The indicator moves a little when If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is turning a corner or speeding up. neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the . The gauge goes back to empty comes on. light comes on. when the ignition is turned off. Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn Safety Belt Reminders on if an object is put on the seat There is a passenger safety belt such as a briefcase, handbag, Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light near the passenger Light grocery bag, laptop, or other airbag status indicator. See electronic device. To turn off the There is a driver safety belt Passenger Sensing System on reminder light and/or chime, remove reminder light on the instrument page 3-23. the object from the seat or buckle cluster. the safety belt. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Airbag Readiness Light important safety information. The { Warning center display has a passenger This light shows if there is an airbag status indicator. electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or the airbag sensor(s), passenger comes on while driving, it means sensing system, the pretensioners the airbag system might not be (if equipped), the airbag modules, working properly. The airbags in the wiring, and the crash sensing the vehicle might not inflate in a and diagnostic module. For more crash, or they could even inflate information on the airbag system, without a crash. To help avoid United States see Airbag System on page 3-17. injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. See Vehicle Messages on Canada page 5-25. The airbag readiness light comes on When the vehicle is started, the for several seconds when the passenger airbag status indicator vehicle is started. If the light does Passenger Airbag Status will light ON and OFF, or the symbol not come on then, have it fixed Indicator for on and off, for several seconds immediately. as a system check. Then, after The vehicle has a passenger several seconds, the status sensing system. See Passenger indicator will light either ON or OFF, Sensing System on page 3-23 for or the on or off symbol to let you Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-12 Instruments and Controls
know the status of the front It should go out when the engine is outboard passenger frontal airbag { Warning started. If it stays on, or comes on and knee airbag. while driving, there may be a If the airbag readiness light ever problem with the electrical charging If the word ON or the on symbol is comes on and stays on, it means lit on the passenger airbag status system. Have it checked by your that something may be wrong dealer. Driving while this light is on indicator, it means that the front with the airbag system. To help outboard passenger frontal airbag could drain the battery. If a short avoid injury to yourself or others, distance must be driven with the and knee airbag are allowed to have the vehicle serviced right inflate. light on, turn off all accessories, away. See Airbag Readiness such as the radio and air If the word OFF or the off symbol is Light on page 5-11 for more conditioner, to help reduce the lit on the passenger airbag status information, including important drain on the battery. indicator, it means that the safety information. passenger sensing system has Malfunction turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee Charging System Light Indicator Lamp airbag. A computer system called OBD II If, after several seconds, both status (On-Board Diagnostics-Second indicator lights remain on, or if there Generation) monitors the operation are no lights at all, there may be a of the vehicle to ensure emissions problem with the lights or the are at acceptable levels, helping to passenger sensing system. See maintain a clean environment. The your dealer for service. malfunction indicator lamp comes This light will come on briefly when on when the vehicle is placed in the ignition is turned on, and the ON/RUN, as a check to show it is engine is not running, as a check to working. If it does not, have the show it is working. vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Ignition Positions on page 9-13 for more information. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
the vehicle fuel economy might to pass a required Emission not be as good, and the engine Inspection/Maintenance test. See might not run as smoothly. This Accessories and Modifications on could lead to costly repairs that page 10-3. If the malfunction indicator lamp might not be covered by the comes on while the engine is vehicle warranty. running, this indicates that the This light comes on during a OBD II system has detected a malfunction in one of two ways: problem and diagnosis and service Light Flashing: A misfire condition might be required. { Caution has been detected. A misfire Malfunctions often are indicated by increases vehicle emissions and the system before any problem is Modifications made to the engine, could damage the emission control apparent. Being aware of the light transmission, exhaust, intake, system on the vehicle. Diagnosis can prevent more serious damage or fuel system of the vehicle or and service might be required. the replacement of the original to the vehicle. This system also To prevent more serious damage to tires with other than those of the assists the service technician in the vehicle: correctly diagnosing any same Tire Performance Criteria malfunction. (TPC) can affect the vehicle's . Reduce vehicle speed. emission controls and can cause . Avoid hard accelerations. this light to come on. { Caution . Avoid steep uphill grades. Modifications to these systems If the vehicle is continually driven could lead to costly repairs not If the light continues to flash, find a with this light on, the emission covered by the vehicle warranty. safe place to stop and park the controls might not work as well, This could also result in a failure vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, and restart the (Continued) (Continued) engine. If the light is still flashing, Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-14 Instruments and Controls
follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is emission system test equipment will your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring, likely connect to the vehicle's Data possible. hesitation on acceleration, Link Connector (DLC). Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration. control system malfunction has These conditions might go away been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up. Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions required. occurs, change the fuel brand used. The following may correct an It may require at least one full tank emission control system of the proper fuel to turn the light off. malfunction: See Fuel on page 9-34. The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering . Check that the fuel cap is fully If none of the above have made the wheel. See your dealer if assistance installed. See Filling the Tank on light turn off, your dealer can check is needed. page 9-36. The diagnostic the vehicle. The dealer has the system can determine if the fuel proper test equipment and The vehicle may not pass cap has been left off or diagnostic tools to fix any inspection if: improperly installed. A loose or mechanical or electrical problems . The malfunction indicator lamp is missing fuel cap allows fuel to that might have developed. on with the engine running, or if evaporate into the atmosphere. the light does not come on when A few driving trips with the cap Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs the ignition is turned to ON/RUN properly installed should turn the while the engine is off. See your light off. Depending on where you live, dealer for assistance in verifying . Check that good quality fuel is your vehicle may be required to proper operation of the used. Poor fuel quality causes participate in an emission control malfunction indicator lamp. system inspection and maintenance the engine not to run as . The OBD II (On-Board efficiently as designed and may program. For the inspection, the Diagnostics) system determines cause stalling after start-up, that critical emission control Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-15
systems have not been For vehicles with this light, it comes vehicle. For normal braking completely diagnosed. The on if a condition exists that may performance, both circuits need to vehicle would be considered not require the vehicle to be taken in for be working ready for inspection. This can service. If the warning light comes on, there happen if the 12-volt battery has If the light comes on, take the is a brake problem. Have the brake recently been replaced or run vehicle to your dealer for service as system inspected right away. down. The diagnostic system is soon as possible. designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during { Warning normal driving. This can take Owner Manual Indicator The brake system might not be several days of routine driving. If this has been done and the working properly if the brake vehicle still does not pass the system warning light is on. inspection for lack of OBD II Driving with the brake system system readiness, your dealer warning light on can lead to a can prepare the vehicle for crash. If the light is still on after inspection. the vehicle has been pulled off This symbol is shown when you the road and carefully stopped, Service Vehicle Soon need to see the owner manual for have the vehicle towed for Light additional instructions or service. information. Brake System Warning Light The vehicle brake system consists of two hydraulic circuits. If one circuit is not working, the remaining Metric English circuit can still work to stop the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-16 Instruments and Controls
This light should come on briefly Antilock Brake System problem with the regular brakes. when the ignition is turned to ON. See Brake System Warning Light on If it does not come on then, have it (ABS) Warning Light page 5-15. fixed so it will be ready to warn if The ABS warning light will come on there is a problem. briefly when the ignition is turned to When the ignition is on, the brake ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light system warning light will also come does not come on then, have it fixed on when the parking brake is set. so it will be ready to warn if there is The light will stay on if the parking a problem. brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake is This light comes on briefly when the Up-Shift Light fully released, it means there is a engine is started. brake problem. If the light stays on, turn the ignition If the light comes on while driving, to LOCK/OFF or if the light comes carefully pull off the road and stop. on, stop as soon as possible and The pedal may be harder to push or turn the ignition off. Then start the may go closer to the floor. It may engine again to reset the system. take longer to stop. If the light is still If the light still stays on, or comes on, have the vehicle towed for on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. See your dealer. For manual transmission vehicles, service. See Towing the Vehicle on there is an up-shift light that comes page 10-66. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the brakes will still on in the lower DIC area. It shows work, but the antilock brakes will not when to shift to the next higher gear work. If the regular brake system for best fuel economy. warning light is also on, the antilock See Manual Transmission on brakes will not work and there is a page 9-23. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (17,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-17
Power Steering Warning Traction Off Light StabiliTrak® OFF Light Light
This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly when the starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not, ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your check to show it is working. dealer. If the system is working dealer. normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the If it does not come on have the turns off. vehicle serviced by your dealer. StabiliTrak system is turned off. The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction If this light stays on, or comes on the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off. while driving, the system may not be has been turned off by pressing and If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, working. If this happens, see your releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak dealer for service. the system does not assist in button. controlling the vehicle. Turn on the This light and the StabiliTrak OFF TCS and the StabiliTrak systems light come on when StabiliTrak is and the warning light turns off. turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control on page 9-27. limited. Adjust driving accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control on page 9-27. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (18,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-18 Instruments and Controls
Traction Control System Engine Coolant Caution (Continued) (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light Temperature Warning Light by the vehicle warranty. See Engine Overheating on page 10-16.
The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated. The StabiliTrak or Traction Control System (TCS) indicator/warning If this happens, pull over and turn This light comes on briefly while off the engine as soon as possible. light comes on briefly when the starting the vehicle. engine is started. See Engine Overheating on If it does not, have the vehicle page 10-16. If the light does not come on, have serviced by the dealer. If the system the vehicle serviced by your dealer. is working normally the indicator If the system is working normally, light goes off. the indicator light turns off. If the light is on and not flashing, the { Caution TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak system have been disabled. The engine coolant temperature If the indicator/warning light is on warning light indicates that the and flashing, the TCS and/or the vehicle has overheated. Driving StabiliTrak system is actively with this light on can damage the working. engine and it may not be covered See Traction Control/Electronic (Continued) Stability Control on page 9-27. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (19,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-19
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10-44. come on, have the vehicle serviced Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through about tire pressures and the TPMS. { Caution the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have When the Light Is On Steady Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer. the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine underinflated. oil low can also damage the Low Fuel Warning Light Stop as soon as possible, and engine. The repairs would not be inflate the tires to the pressure value covered by the vehicle warranty. shown on the Tire and Loading Check the oil level as soon as Information label. See Tire Pressure possible. Add oil if required, but if on page 10-41. the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance The low fuel warning light comes on schedule for changing engine oil. briefly when the vehicle is started. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (20,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-20 Instruments and Controls
This light also comes on when the Reduced Engine Power High-Beam On Light fuel level is low. When fuel is added, the light should go off. If it does not, Light have the vehicle serviced. Immobilizer Light
This light comes on when the The reduced engine power light high-beam headlamps are in use. should come on briefly as the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam engine is started. If it does not come Changer on page 6-2 for more on, have the vehicle serviced by information. The immobilizer light should come your dealer. on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the This light, along with the malfunction Daytime Running Lamps vehicle serviced by your dealer. indicator lamp, displays when a (DRL) Indicator Light If the system is working normally, noticeable reduction in the vehicle's the indicator light turns off. performance occurs. If the light stays on and the engine The vehicle can be driven at a does not start, there could be a reduced speed when the reduced problem with the immobilizer engine power light is on but system. See Immobilizer Operation acceleration and speed might be on page 2-11. reduced. If this light stays on, see your dealer as soon as possible for This light, in the display on the top diagnosis and repair. of the center stack, turns on whenever the Daytime Running Lamps are in use. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (21,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-21
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Lamps On Reminder The light turns off when the cruise on page 6-2. control is turned off. See Cruise Control on page 9-29. Front Fog Lamp Light Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use. See Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1. For vehicles with front fog lamps, this light, in the display on the top of Cruise Control Light This light comes on when a door is the center stack, comes on when open or not securely latched. Before the front fog lamps are in use. driving, check that all doors are The light goes out when the front properly closed. fog lamps are turned off. See Fog Lamps on page 6-4.
For vehicles with cruise control, the cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (22,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-22 Instruments and Controls
Information Displays DIC Buttons Odo/Trip Menu Items Press MENU until the upper display Driver Information area flashes. Use w or x to scroll Center (DIC) through the menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The DIC displays information about The following is a list of all possible the vehicle. It also displays warning menu items: messages if a system problem is detected. See Vehicle Messages on . Odometer page 5-25. All messages appear in . Trip A the DIC display in the instrument cluster. . Trip B DIC Operation and Displays Odometer This displays the current distance The DIC has different displays, MENU: Press to display the DIC traveled, in either kilometers (km) or which can be accessed by using the menus. Some items display in the miles (mi). This display cannot be DIC buttons on the right side of the upper display area, some in the reset. instrument cluster. lower display area, and others use both the upper and lower display Trip A or B areas. This displays the current distance w or x : Use to scroll through the traveled, in either kilometers (km) or menus. miles (mi), from the last reset for the SET/CLR: Press to set or clear the trip odometer. To reset the trip menu item displayed. odometer, press and hold SET/CLR while the trip odometer is being displayed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (23,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Menu 1 Average Fuel Economy Fuel Range Press MENU until the lower display area flashes. Use w or x to scroll through the menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: . Average Fuel Economy . Fuel Range English Shown, Metric Similar Metric Shown, English Similar . Instantaneous Fuel Economy This display shows the approximate This displays the approximate . Average Speed average liters per 100 kilometers distance the vehicle can be driven . Timer (L/100 km) or miles per without refueling. The fuel range gallon (mpg). This number is estimate is based on an average of calculated based on the number of the vehicle's fuel economy over L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the recent driving history and the last time this menu item was reset. amount of fuel remaining in the fuel This number reflects only the tank. When the range is low, FILL approximate average fuel economy FUEL will be displayed. that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. To reset the average fuel economy, press and hold the SET/ CLR button while the average fuel economy is displayed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (24,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-24 Instruments and Controls
Instantaneous Fuel Economy Timer Menu 2 This display shows the current fuel Press MENU until one of the economy in liters per 100 kilometers following items is displayed on the (L/100 km) or miles per gallon upper and lower display areas. Use (mpg). This number reflects only the w or x to scroll through the menu fuel economy that the vehicle has items. Not all items are available on right now and changes frequently as every vehicle. The following is a list driving conditions change. Unlike of all possible menu items: average economy, this display . Remaining Oil Life cannot be reset. . Units Average Speed This display can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press SET/CLR . Tire Learn while the timer is displayed. The Remaining Oil Life display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was This display shows an estimate of last reset, not including time the the oil's remaining useful life. If 99 ignition is off. The timer will record : % is displayed, that means up to 99:59 hours, after which the 99% of the current oil life remains. display will return to 0:00. To reset When the remaining oil life is low, the timer to 0:00, press and hold the Code 82 message, or : % SET/CLR. English Shown, Metric Similar CHANGE, will appear on the This display shows the average display. The oil should be changed speed. To reset the average speed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil to zero, press and hold the SET/ on page 10-7. In addition to the CLR button while the average speed is displayed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (25,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-25
engine oil life system monitoring the Units Vehicle Messages oil life, additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Press SET/CLR and move w or x DIC messages display when the Schedule. See Maintenance to change units when UNIT is status of the vehicle has changed Schedule on page 11-2. displayed. Select 1, 2, or 3 for the and action may be needed to unit display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 is correct the condition. Multiple Remember, the oil life display must US units, and 3 is metric units. messages appear one after another. be reset after each oil change. It will Press and hold SET/CLR to confirm All messages should be taken not reset itself. Also, be careful not the setting. The number will flash. seriously. to reset the oil life display This will change the displays on the accidentally at any time other than cluster and DIC to the type of Vehicle messages appear as code when the oil has just been changed. measurements selected. numbers. The owner manual It cannot be reset accurately until indicator and service vehicle soon the next oil change. To reset the Tire Learn light may also be displayed. engine oil life system, see Engine This display allows for matching of The following is a list of all possible Oil Life System on page 10-9. the TPMS sensors. See Tire messages. Depending on the Pressure Monitor System on vehicle, some of these messages page 10-43 and Tire Pressure may not be available. Monitor Operation on page 10-44. 10: Brakes Overheated 15: Check High Mounted Brake Lamp 16: Check Brake Lamps 17: Headlamp Leveling Malfunction — Contact Service 18: Left Low Beam Failure 20: Right Low Beam Failure Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (26,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-26 Instruments and Controls
21: Check Left Position Lamp Engine Oil Messages Tire Messages 22: Check Right Position Lamp : % CHANGE LF XX, RF XX, LR XX, 23: Reversing Lamp Failure or RR XX This message displays when the 24: License Plate Lamp Failure engine oil needs to be changed. A message displays when the tire 25: Left Front Turn Indicator Failure When changing the engine oil, be pressure is low. It shows the sure to reset the Oil Life System. location of the low tire and the 26: Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure See Engine Oil Life System on approximate pressure of the low tire. 27: Right Front Turn Indicator page 10-9, Engine Oil on page 10-7, If a tire pressure message appears, Failure and Maintenance Schedule on stop as soon as you can. Inflate the 28: Right Rear Turn Indicator page 11-2. tires by adding air until the tire Failure pressure is equal to the values shown on the Tire and Loading 58: Winter Tire Recognition Information label. See Tires on 65: Theft Attempted page 10-35, Vehicle Load Limits on 75: Service AC System page 9-9, and Tire Pressure on page 10-41. 81: Service Transmission 82: Change Engine Oil Soon 89: Service Vehicle Soon 95: Service Airbag Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (27,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-27
Vehicle 2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Press / BACK to go back to the select the desired menu. Personalization last menu. 3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob. Time and Date Settings Personalization Menu (Radio Settings menus and functions may Select the Time and Date Settings without Touchscreen) vary depending on vehicle options. menu and the following may be The audio system controls and Press the CONFIG button and the displayed: touchscreen are used to access the following list of menu items may be . Set Time personalization menus for available: customizing vehicle features. . Set Date . Language The following are all possible . Set Time Format . Time and Date Settings personalization features. Depending . Set Date Format on the vehicle, some may not be . Radio Settings . Auto Time Adjust available. . Vehicle Settings CONFIG (Configuration): Press to Set Time Language access the Configuration Select to manually set the time. Settings Menu. Select the Language menu and the following may be displayed: 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to MENU/TUNE: Turn to scroll the desired value. through the menus or setup items. . English Press to enter the menus and select 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to . French the menu items. select the value. . Spanish / BACK: Press to exit or return to 3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to the previous screen or menu. 1. Turn MENU/TUNE to the desired change the desired value. language. To access a menu: 4. To save and return to the Time 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to / 1. Press the CONFIG button. Settings menu, press the select. BACK button at any time. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (28,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-28 Instruments and Controls
Set Date 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Select to manually set the date. select the DD/MM/YYYY (day/ the desired value. month/year), MM/DD/YYYY 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to (month/day/year), or YYYY/MM/ select the value. the desired value. DD (year/month/day) display 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to format. Maximum Startup Volume select the value. Auto Time Adjust Select to manually set the startup volume of the radio. 3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Select to turn the auto time adjust change the desired value. on or off. 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to increase or decrease the value. 4. To save and return to the Time 1. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to Settings menu, press the / turn On or Off. 2. To save, press the MENU/TUNE BACK button at any time. or / BACK button. Radio Settings Set Time Format Select the Radio Settings menu and Radio Favorites Select to set the 12/24 hour format. the following may be displayed: Select to manually set the number 1. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to . Auto Volume of favorite pages. select the 12 hour or 24 hour . Maximum Startup Volume 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to display format. select 1-6. . Radio Favorites Set Date Format 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to Auto Volume Select to set the month and day select the value. format. The auto volume feature Vehicle Settings automatically adjusts the radio 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to volume to compensate for road and Select the Vehicle Settings menu the desired setting. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up and the following may be displayed: or slows down, so that the volume . Comfort & Convenience level is consistent. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (29,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-29
. Lighting Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Power Door Locks . Power Door Locks Select to set the Auto Wipe in Select Power Door Locks and the . Lock, Unlock Settings Reverse Gear feature on or off. following may be displayed: When on, and the front wipers are . . Auto Door Unlock Vehicle Factory Settings on, the rear window wiper will turn Comfort & Convenience on automatically when the vehicle is . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out shifted into R (Reverse). Select the Comfort & Convenience . Delayed Door Lock 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to menu and the following may be Auto Door Unlock displayed: select Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear. Select to set which of the doors will . Chime Volume automatically unlock when the 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to . vehicle is shifted into P (Park) with Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear turn On or Off. an automatic transmission, or when Chime Volume Lighting the key is removed from the ignition Select to set the chime volume level with a manual transmission. Select Select the Lighting menu and the All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. to Normal or High. following may be displayed: 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to . Exit Lighting select Chime Volume. the desired selection. Exit Lighting 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to select. Select to set how long the exterior select. lamps stay on when leaving the 3. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out vehicle and it is dark outside. the desired level. When on, this feature will keep the 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to driver door from locking when the the desired time. select the level. door is open. If Off is selected, the 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to select. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (30,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-30 Instruments and Controls
Delayed Door Lock menu will be Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Door Unlock available and the door will lock as When on, the exterior lamps will Select to set which doors will unlock programmed through this menu. flash when unlocking the vehicle when pressing K on the RKE 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to with the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter. Select All Doors or On or Off. (RKE) transmitter. Select Flash Driver Door. Lights or Lights Off. 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to When set to Driver Door, the driver select. 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to door will unlock the first time K is the desired selection. Delayed Door Lock pressed and all doors will unlock 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to when the button is pressed a When on, this feature will delay the select. locking of the doors after the last second time. When set to All Doors, door is closed. Remote Lock Light and Horn all of the doors will unlock at the first press of K. 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Feedback On or Off. Select to set which type of feedback 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to the desired selection. 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to is given when pressing Q on the select. RKE transmitter. Select Lights and 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to Horn, Lights Only, Horn Only, or Off. select. Lock, Unlock Settings 1. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Vehicle Factory Settings Select Power Door Locks and the the desired selection. following may be displayed: Select Vehicle Factory Settings to 2. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to return all of the vehicle . Remote Unlock Light Feedback select. personalization to the default . Remote Lock Light and Horn settings. Press MENU/TUNE when Feedback Vehicle Factory Settings is selected . Remote Door Unlock and open the menu. Select Yes or No by turning and pressing the MENU/TUNE knob. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (31,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-31
Personalization Menu (Radio The following list of menu items may Time & Date Settings be available: with Touchscreen) Select the Time & Date Settings Settings can be made with the . Language menu and the following may be ignition on and the vehicle not . Time & Date Settings displayed: moving. . . Radio Settings Set Time Format The following are all possible . Set Date Format personalization features. Depending . Connection Settings . on the vehicle, some may not be . Vehicle Settings Set Time and Date available. . . Text Scroll Automatic Clock Sync D (Home): Press to access the . Touch Beep Sound Set Time Format Home Page Menu. . Max Startup Volume Select to set the 12/24 hour format. Q or R (Up/Down): Press to scroll through the menus or setup items. . System Version Press 12h or 24h. 4 (Back): Press to exit or return . DivX® VOD Set Date Format to the previous screen or menu. Language Select to set the month and day To access the menu: format. Select the Language menu and the 1. Press D. following may be displayed: Press S or T to select the DD/MM/ YYYY (day/month/year), MM/DD/ . English 2. Press 8 settings. YYYY (month/day/year), or YYYY/ . Press the menu item to select it. French MM/DD (year/month/day) format. Each of the menus is detailed in the . Spanish following information. Select the language desired. Settings menus and functions may Press 4. vary depending on vehicle options. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (32,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-32 Instruments and Controls
Set Time and Date Auto Volume Radio Factory Settings Select to manually set the time This feature adjusts the radio Select to restore the radio to the and date. volume to compensate for road and factory settings. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up 1. Press y or z to adjust the or slows down, so that the volume Connection Settings value. level is consistent. Select the Connection Settings 2. Press OK. S T menu and the following may be Press or to select Off, Low, displayed: Automatic Clock Sync Medium, or High. . Bluetooth Settings Select to display the real or user Radio Favorites time on the radio. . Change Ringtone Select to set the number of favorite Select On to display the real time or pages from one to seven. . Ringtone Volume Off to display the time set by Bluetooth Settings the user. Radio Tune Bar Select this feature to: Radio Settings Select to display the radio station tune bar. . Connect, disconnect, or delete a Select the Radio Settings menu and Select On or Off. device. the following may be displayed: . Change or set a Personal Radio Text . Auto Volume Identification Number (PIN). Select to display the radio broadcast . Radio Favorites . Turn on or off the Bluetooth information. . Radio Tune Bar connection. Select On or Off. . . Radio Text Check the device information. XM Categories . XM Categories Change Ringtone Select to set the selection of XM . Select to set different ringtones. Radio Factory Settings categories. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (33,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-33
Ringtone Volume Chime Volume Exit Lighting Select to set the ringtone volume. Select to set the chime volume Select to set how long the exterior S T level. lamps stay on when leaving the Press or . vehicle and it is dark outside. Select Normal or High. Press 4. Vehicle Settings Select Off, 30 Sec, 60 Sec, or Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select the Vehicle Settings menu 120 Sec. Press 4. and the following may be displayed: Select to set the Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear feature on or off. Vehicle Location Lights . Comfort & Convenience When on, and the front wipers are Select to turn the Vehicle Location . Lighting on, the rear window wiper will turn Lights on or off. on automatically when the vehicle is . Power Door Locks 4 shifted into R (Reverse). Select On or Off. Press . . Lock, Unlock Settings Select On or Off. Press 4. Power Door Locks . Rear Camera Option Select Power Door Locks and the . Vehicle Factory Settings Lighting following may be displayed: Select the Lighting menu and the Comfort & Convenience . Auto Door Unlock following may be displayed: Select the Comfort & Convenience . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Exit Lighting menu and the following may be . Delayed Door Lock displayed: . Vehicle Location Lights . Chime Volume . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (34,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-34 Instruments and Controls
Auto Door Unlock Select On or Off. Press 4. Remote Door Unlock Select to set which of the doors will Lock, Unlock Settings Select to set which doors will unlock automatically unlock when the when pressing K on the RKE vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Select Lock, Unlock Settings and transmitter. the following may be displayed: Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Select All Doors or Driver Door. Press 4. . Remote Unlock Light Feedback When set to Driver Door, the driver . Remote Lock Light & Horn Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out door will unlock the first time K is Feedback pressed and all doors will unlock When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Door Unlock when the button is pressed a driver door from locking when the second time. When set to All Doors, door is open. If Off is selected, the Remote Unlock Light Feedback all of the doors will unlock at the first Delayed Door Lock menu will be When on, the exterior lamps will press of K. Press 4. available and the door will lock as flash when unlocking the vehicle programmed through this menu. with the RKE transmitter. Rear Camera Option 4 Select On or Off. Press . Select Flash Lights or Lights Off. Select the Rear Camera Option menu and the following may be Press 4. Delayed Door Lock displayed: When on, this feature will delay the Remote Lock Light & Horn . Guidelines locking of the doors until Feedback five seconds after the last door is Guidelines Select to set what type of feedback closed. Three chimes will signal that When on, guidelines overlay the delayed locking is in use. Pressing is given when pressing Q on the RKE transmitter. screen to help when backing into a either Q or K on the RKE parking spot. transmitter twice will override the Select Lights Only, Lights & Horn, 4 delayed locking feature and Horn Only, or Off. Press 4. Select On or Off. Press . immediately lock all of the doors. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (35,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Instruments and Controls 5-35
Vehicle Factory Settings Max Startup Volume . DIVX VIDEO-ON DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be Select Vehicle Factory Settings to Select to set the startup volume of registered in order to play return all of the vehicle the infotainment system. purchased DivX personalization to the default S T Video-on-Demand (VOD) settings. Press Vehicle Factory Press or to select the desired 4 movies. To obtain a registration Settings when highlighted. Select volume between 9-21. Press . code, locate the DivX VOD 4 Yes or No. Press . System Version section in the device setup menu. See vod.divx.com for Text Scroll Press System Version when more information on how to Select to set the Text Scroll feature highlighted to view the version of complete the registration. on or off. the infotainment system. Press 4. Press 4. When on, if there is long text DivX VOD displayed on the audio screen, the text is scrolled. When off, the text is Press DivX VOD when highlighted. scrolled once and displayed in . DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital truncated form. video format created by DivX, LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi Select On or Off. Press 4. Corporation. This is an official ® Touch Beep Sound DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. See divx.com for Select to set the Touch Beep Sound more information and software feature on or off. tools on how to convert files into When on, a beep will be heard DivX videos. when pressing the screen. When off, the beep is canceled. Select On or Off. Press 4. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (36,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
5-36 Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Lighting 6-1
Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Turns the Lighting exterior lamps on and off Exterior Lamp Controls automatically depending on the Exterior Lighting exterior light. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 O (Off): Turns all the lamps off, Exterior Lamps Off except the Daytime Running Reminder ...... 6-1 Lamps (DRL). Headlamp High/Low-Beam The DRL automatically turn off when Changer ...... 6-2 the vehicle is turned off. Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Exterior Lamps Off Automatic Headlamp Reminder System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is on the A reminder chime will sound when Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 turn signal lever on the left side of the headlamps or parking lamps are Turn and Lane-Change the steering column. manually turned on when the Signals ...... 6-4 ignition is off and a door is open. To There are four positions: Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 disable the chime, turn the light off. Interior Lighting 3 (Headlamps): Turns on the Instrument Panel Illumination headlamps together with the parking Control ...... 6-5 lamps and instrument panel lights. Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-5 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 parking lamps including all lamps, Lighting Features except the headlamps. Entry Lighting ...... 6-6 Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-6 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
6-2 Lighting
Headlamp High/ Daytime Running When the DRL system is on, the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, Low-Beam Changer Lamps (DRL) parking lamps, and instrument panel The headlamps must be on for this DRL can make it easier for others to lights do not come on unless the feature to work. see the front of your vehicle during exterior lamp control is turned to the parking lamp or headlamp position. Push the turn signal lever away the day. Fully functional DRL are from you to turn the high beams on. required on all vehicles first sold in The DRL system turns off when one Canada. of the following conditions is met: The 3 light comes on in the The DRL system makes the . The ignition is off. instrument cluster while the high headlamps come on when the beams are on and the ignition is following conditions are met: . The parking brake is on. turned to ON/RUN. . The ignition is on. . The high-beam headlamps To return to low beams, push the are on. lever again or pull the lever toward . The exterior lamp control is in . The low-beam headlamps you and release. the off or parking lamp position. are on. . The parking brake is released. Flash-to-Pass . The flash-to-pass feature is used. This feature is used to signal to the vehicle ahead that you want The regular headlamp system to pass. should be used when needed. Pull the turn signal lever toward you until the high-beam headlamps come on, then release the lever to This indicator light in the center turn them off. stack display comes on when the DRL system is on. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Lighting 6-3
Automatic Headlamp If the vehicle is started in a dark come on. The transition time for the garage, the automatic headlamp lamps coming on varies based on System system comes on immediately. If it wiper speed. When the wipers are When it is dark enough outside and is light outside when the vehicle not operating, these lamps turn off. the exterior lamp control is in the leaves the garage, there is a slight Move the exterior lamp control to P automatic position, the headlamps delay before the automatic or ; to disable this feature. come on automatically. See Exterior headlamp system changes to the Lamp Controls on page 6-1. DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as Hazard Warning Flashers bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control on page 6-5. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Make The automatic headlamp system sure it is not covered, or the turns off when the exterior lamp headlamps will be on when they are control or the ignition is off. not needed. Lights On with Wipers The hazard warning flasher button is on the center stack. The system may also turn on the If the windshield wipers are headlamps when driving through a activated in daylight with the vehicle | (Hazard Warning Flasher): parking garage or tunnel. on, and the exterior lamp control is Press to make the front and rear in AUTO, the headlamps, parking turn signal lamps flash on and off. lamps, and other exterior lamps Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
6-4 Lighting
This warns others that you are Raise or lower the lever until the Fog Lamps having trouble. Press the button arrow starts to flash to signal a lane again to turn the flashers off. change. Hold it there until the lane When the hazard warning flashers change is completed. are on, the turn signals will If the lever is moved momentarily to not work. the lane change position, the arrow will flash three times. Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Signals position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or If equipped with fog lamps, they are does not come on, a signal bulb controlled by the # band on the may be burned out. middle of the turn signal lever. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a To use the fog lamps, the ignition bulb is not burned out, check the must be turned on and the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit low-beam headlamps or parking Breakers on page 10-28. lamps must be on.
Move the lever all the way up or Turn the band to # to turn the fog down to signal a turn. lamps on. The band automatically returns to its starting position when An arrow on the instrument cluster released. The fog lamp indicator flashes in the direction of the turn or light comes on in the display on top lane change. of the center stack. See Front Fog Lamp Light on page 5-21. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Lighting 6-5
To turn the fog lamps off, turn the Interior Lighting D (Instrument Panel band to # again. The fog lamp Brightness): Move the indicator light will go off. Instrument Panel thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the instrument panel controls The fog lamps will also turn off Illumination Control and infotainment display screen. when the high-beam headlamps are turned on. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog Courtesy Lamps lamps will turn on again. The courtesy lamps come on Some localities have laws that automatically when any door is require the headlamps to be on opened and the dome lamp is in along with the fog lamps. the DOOR position.
This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel controls and infotainment display screen. The thumbwheel is to the left of the steering column on the instrument panel. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
6-6 Lighting
Dome Lamps Lighting Features The headlamps, parking lamps, and back-up lamps will turn on for a set amount of time when the vehicle is Entry Lighting turned off and the key is removed The headlamps, parking lamps, from the ignition, then automatically taillamps, and the interior lights turn turn off. on briefly at night when the Remote This feature can be changed. See Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter K Vehicle Personalization on is pressed. The lights turn off page 5-27. immediately when the ignition is turned on or automatically after a Battery Power Protection brief period. The battery saver feature is designed to protect the vehicle's Exit Lighting battery. The dome lamp controls are in the If the dome lamps are in the DOOR overhead console. If some interior lamps and/or position, they come on automatically headlamps are left on and the Move the control to change the when the key is removed from the ignition is turned off, the battery lamp setting. ignition. The exterior lamps and rundown protection system dome lamps remain on after the OFF: Turns the lamps off, even automatically turns the lamp off after door is closed for a set amount of some time. when a door is open. time, then automatically turn off. DOOR: Turns the lamps on automatically when a door is opened. ON: Turns on the dome lamps. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Audio Players Bluetooth Phone/Devices USB Port ...... 7-16 Pictures and Movies (Audio System Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-17 System) ...... 7-33 Pictures and Movies (Picture Phone System) ...... 7-38 Introduction Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-19 Pictures and Movies (Movie Infotainment ...... 7-2 Bluetooth (Infotainment System) ...... 7-39 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Controls) ...... 7-20 Overview ...... 7-3 Hands-Free Phone ...... 7-26 Trademarks and License Home Page (Radio with Agreements Touchscreen) ...... 7-5 Downloadable Applications Trademarks and License Operation ...... 7-6 Smartphone Link Agreements ...... 7-42 (Overview) ...... 7-28 Radio Smartphone Link AM-FM Radio ...... 7-9 (Pandora) ...... 7-30 Satellite Radio ...... 7-13 Smartphone Link Radio Reception ...... 7-15 (Stitcher) ...... 7-32 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-16 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-2 Infotainment System
Introduction features are also available through Theft-Deterrent Feature the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls. The infotainment system has an Infotainment electronic security system installed Before driving: Read the following pages to to prevent theft. become familiar with these features. . Become familiar with the The infotainment system only works operation, faceplate buttons, and in the vehicle in which it was first screen buttons. { Warning installed, and cannot be used in . Set up the audio by presetting another vehicle. Taking your eyes off the road for favorite stations, setting the too long or too often while using tone, and adjusting the any infotainment feature can speakers. cause a crash. You or others . Set up phone numbers in could be injured or killed. Do not advance so they can be called give extended attention to easily by pressing a single infotainment tasks while driving. button or by using a single voice Limit your glances at the vehicle command if equipped with displays and focus your attention Bluetooth phone capability. on driving. Use voice commands See Defensive Driving on page 9-2 whenever possible. To play the infotainment system with the ignition off, see Retained The infotainment system has built-in Accessory Power (RAP) on features intended to help avoid page 9-18. distraction by disabling some functions when driving. These functions may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-3
Overview 3. MENU/TUNE . Radio without Touchscreen Press to open menus and select menu items. . Turn to highlight menu items or to set values while in a menu. . Turn to manually select radio stations. 4. FAV 123 (Favorites) . Press to go to a favorite page. 5. INFO (Information) . Press to view current radio station and current song information. 6. SEEK ¨ (Next) . Press to seek the next station. 1. O /VOL (Power/Volume) 2. Preset Buttons 1−6 . . Press and hold to fast . Press to turn the system on Press and hold to store a station. forward through the and off. currently playing song on . . Turn to adjust the volume. Press to go to a preset an external audio device. favorite station. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-4 Infotainment System
7. © SEEK (Previous) 9. RADIO/BAND 12. CONFIG (Configuration) . . . Press to seek the previous Press to select AM or FM. Press to open the System Configuration menu. station. . Press to select the radio . Press and hold to reverse when listening to a different 13. / BACK through the currently audio source. . Press to go to the playing song on an external 10. H (Clock) previous screen. audio device. . Press to enter the Time . Press to cancel entered 8. AUX (Auxiliary) and Date settings menu. content. . Press to access the 11. TONE 5 > auxiliary input device. 14. / (Phone/Mute) . Press to open the . Press to open the Phone Tone menu. main menu. . Press to mute the audio system. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-5
Radio with Touchscreen Home Page (Radio with Touchscreen) Touchscreen Buttons Touchscreen buttons show on the screen when available. When a function is unavailable, the button may gray out. When a function is selected, the button may highlight. Home Page Features
1. z VOL y (Volume) 3. D (Home Page) . . Press to decrease or Press to go to the Home Press F to go to the Home Page. increase the volume. Page. See Home Page (Radio with Touchscreen) e audio: Press to select AM, FM, 2. O (Power) on page 7-5. SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/ . Press and hold to turn the Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. power on or off. G picture & movie: Press to view a picture, movie, or auxiliary video. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-6 Infotainment System
7 telephone: Press to activate Turning the System On or Off Press and hold to mute the infotainment system. Press again or the phone features (if equipped). O /VOL (Power/Volume): Press to See Bluetooth (Overview) on turn the radio on and off. turn the O /VOL knob to page 7-19 or Bluetooth cancel mute. (Infotainment Controls) on Automatic Switch-Off Menu System page 7-20. If the infotainment system has been ^ smartphone link: Press to listen turned on after the ignition is turned Controls to Pandora® (if equipped), Stitcher®, off, the system will turn off The MENU/TUNE knob and / or available application. See automatically after 10 minutes. Smartphone Link (Overview) on BACK button are used to navigate page 7-28 or Smartphone Link Volume Control the menu system. (Pandora) on page 7-30 or MENU/TUNE Knob: Smartphone Link (Stitcher) on Turn to: page 7-32. . Highlight a menu option. 8 settings: Press to access the Personalization menu. See Vehicle . Select a value. Personalization on page 5-27. Press to: . Enter the menu system. Operation O /VOL (Power/Volume): Turn to . adjust the volume. Select or activate the highlighted Radio Controls without menu option. Touchscreen 5 /> (Phone/Mute): Press to . Confirm a set value. The infotainment system is operated activate OnStar. See OnStar . by using the pushbuttons, Overview on page 14-1. Turn a system setting on or off. multifunction knobs, and menus shown on the display. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-7
. Classical / BACK: 3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to select the desired tone. . Talk Press to: 4. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to . Country . Exit a menu. adjust the desired tone. 5. Press the / BACK button to go . Go back to the previous menu 5. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to back to the Tone Settings menu. screen. save the setting. . Delete the last character in a / System Settings sequence. 6. Press the BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Configuring the Number of . Press and hold to delete the Favorite Pages entire character sequence. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) Up to six favorite pages can be Submenus 1. Press the TONE button. saved, and each page can store up An arrow on the right-hand edge of 2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to six radio stations. the menu indicates that it has a to EQ. To configure the number of available submenu with other options. 3. Press the MENU/TUNE knob. favorite pages: Audio Settings 4. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to 1. Press the CONFIG button. one of the following, then press 2. Select Radio Settings. The audio settings can be set for the MENU/TUNE knob to each radio band and each audio select it: 3. Select Radio Favorites. player source. . OFF 4. Select the number of available Adjusting the Bass, Midrange, favorite pages to display. . Pop Treble, Fader, and Balance / . Rock 5. Press the BACK button to go 1. Press the TONE button. back to the System 2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Configuration menu. the desired tone. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-8 Infotainment System
Auto Volume Automatic Switch-Off 4. Select Auto Volume. This feature automatically adjusts If the infotainment system has been 5. Select the setting by pressing S the radio volume to compensate for turned on after the ignition is turned or T. road and wind noise. off, the system will turn off The level of volume compensation automatically after 10 minutes. 6. Press the 4 button to go back can be selected, or the feature can Volume Control to the System be turned off. Configuration menu. z VOL y (Volume): Press to 1. Press the CONFIG button. increase or decrease the volume or Auto Store (AS) 2. Select Radio Settings. press the volume bar. This feature automatically stores the 3. Select Auto Volume. > (Mute): Press z VOL y, then stations with the strongest press > on the screen to mute and reception. 4. Select the setting. unmute the system. To store or update the stations, 5. Press the / BACK button to go press and hold the AS screen System Settings back to the System button. Configuration menu. Auto Volume To listen to a auto stored station: Radio Controls with This feature automatically adjusts 1. Select AM or FM. Touchscreen the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise. 2. Press the AS screen button. The infotainment system is operated S T by using the pushbuttons, menus The level of volume compensation 3. Press or repeatedly to shown on the display, and steering can be selected, or the feature can select the desired AS page. wheel controls. be turned off. 4. Press the desired preset station Turning the System On or Off 1. Press D. screen button. O (Power): Press and hold to turn 2. Select Settings. the radio on and off. 3. Select Radio Settings. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-9
Audio Settings Radio Radio Broadcast Data The audio settings can be set for System (RBDS) each radio band and each audio AM-FM Radio RBDS is a service by FM stations player source. that makes it easier to find radio Playing the Radio without Tone Settings: Press menu, then stations with fault-free reception. Touchscreen tone settings from the AM or RBDS stations are indicated by the FM menu. Audio Source Menu program service name with broadcasting frequency. . EQ (Equalizer): Press S or T to O /VOL (Power/Volume): Press to select a sound style or turn off turn the system on and off. Turn to View RBDS Broadcast the sound style. When in tone increase or decrease the volume. Information settings, Manual and Talk may MENU/TUNE: Turn to change the be the only settings available radio station. depending on the sound system. RADIO/BAND: Press to select AM . Bass, Mid (Midrange), or Treble: and FM. Press − or + to change the desired sound style from −12 INFO: Press to display additional to +12. information that may be available for the current song. . Fader or Balance: Adjust the Press the INFO button to view the front/rear or left/right speakers FAV 123: Press to open the RBDS broadcasting information that by dragging the dot in the favorites list and select a is being received. vehicle image on the screen. favorite page. Selecting a Band . Reset: Restore the settings back Preset Buttons 1–6: Press to to default settings. select preset stations. Press the RADIO/BAND button to choose AM or FM. The last station Press OK to exit Tone Settings. that was playing starts playing again. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-10 Infotainment System
Selecting an Auxiliary Device Favorites List Stations List
Press the AUX button to select a There are two ways to select a 1. From AM or FM, turn the MENU/ connected auxiliary device. station from the Favorites List: TUNE knob to select Stations List, then press to select. Selecting a Station . Continue pressing the FAV 123 button to select the desired 2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to Seek Tuning favorite preset page. move to the desired station from the Stations List, then press to If the radio station is not known: . From AM or FM, turn the MENU/ receive the station. TUNE knob to select Favorites Press SEEK ¨ or © SEEK to List, then press to select. The Category List automatically search for available Favorites List information will be radio stations. displayed. Turn the MENU/ Press and hold SEEK ¨ or © SEEK TUNE knob to move to the to change the radio stations as desired station from the desired, then release to stop at the Favorites List, then press to current station. Press and hold to receive the station. fast forward or reverse through the currently playing song on an Most stations that broadcast an external audio device. RDS program type code specify the type of programming transmitted. Some stations change the program Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-11
type code depending on the From AM or FM, turn the MENU/ Playing the Radio with content. The system stores the RDS TUNE knob to select Update AM or Touchscreen stations sorted by program type in FM Stations List, then press the the FM category list. MENU/TUNE knob. Audio Source Menu To search for a programming type During the AM or FM broadcasting z VOL y (Volume): Press to determined by station: list update, press the MENU/TUNE increase or decrease the volume. 1. From FM, turn the MENU/TUNE knob or / BACK button to stop the O (Power): Press and hold to turn knob to select FM Category List, updates. the system on and off. then press the MENU/ Storing a Station as a Favorite D (Home Page): Press to enter TUNE knob. the Home Page. Stations from all bands can be 2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to stored in any order in the favorite RDS (Radio Data System) move to the desired station, then pages. press the MENU/TUNE knob to If equipped, the RDS feature is receive the selected Up to six stations can be stored in available for use only on FM broadcasting channel. each favorite page. stations that broadcast RDS information. This feature only works Update Stations List Storing Stations when the information from the radio Press the FAV 123 button to select station is available. In rare cases, a the desired page of saved favorites. radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the To store the station to a position in radio features to work improperly. the list, press the corresponding If this happens, contact the radio preset button 1−6 until a beep is station. heard. While the radio is tuned to an FM-RDS station, the station name or call letters display. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-12 Infotainment System
Selecting a Band Selecting a Station . Press Q or R to scroll through the list. Press on the station to Press D, audio, then Source R to Seek Tuning select it. ® choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM , If the radio station is not known: if equipped. The last station that Station List was playing starts playing again. Press g SEEK l to automatically search for available radio stations. Selecting an Auxiliary Device Hold and drag to the left or right of the radio station to automatically search for available radio stations. Manual Tuning Continue pressing q TUNE r to manually change the radio station. . From the AM or FM menu, press Favorite List AM or FM station list on the screen. Connect the auxiliary device to the . Press Q or R to scroll through AUX input terminal. Play will begin when the system has finished the list. Press on the station to reading the information on the select it. device. Category List If the storage device is already . From the FM menu, press FM connected, press D, audio, and category list on the screen. R Source , then select AUX from the . From the AM or FM menu, press . Press Q or R to scroll through drop-down menu. favorite list on the screen. the list. Press on the station to select it. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-13
Update Station List Storing Stations Satellite Radio To store the station to a position in Vehicles with a SiriusXM® Satellite the list, press the corresponding Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM button 1−5 until a beep is heard. Satellite subscription can receive 1. Select the desired station. SiriusXM programming. 2. Press S or T to select the SiriusXM Satellite Radio desired page of saved favorites. Service SiriusXM is a satellite radio service based in the 48 contiguous United . From the AM or FM menu, press States and 10 Canadian provinces. update AM or FM station list on SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide the screen. The broadcasting list variety of programming and updating will begin. commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. . During the AM or FM broadcasting list update, press A service fee is required to receive Cancel to stop the updates. the SiriusXM service. For more information, contact SiriusXM at Storing a Station as a Favorite 3. Hold down any of the preset www.siriusxm.com or buttons to save the current radio 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and Stations from all bands can be station to that button of the www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079 stored in any order in the favorite selected favorites page. (Canada). pages. To change a preset button, tune to Listening to SiriusXM Radio Up to five stations can be stored in the new desired radio station and each of the seven favorites pages. hold the button. 1. Press D. 2. Press e audio. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-14 Infotainment System
3. Press Source R. Using the Preset Buttons Using the SiriusXM Menu 4. From the drop-down menu, Operation press XM and the most recent 1. Press MENU on the XM radio listened to SiriusXM channel will screen. display. Press 4 to return to the HOME menu. Selecting a Category Continue pressing Category q r Up to seven favorites pages can be and the previous or next category saved, and each page can store up will be selected. to five channels. Selecting a Channel To change a preset button, tune to 2. Press the menu to select the Press Channel and the the new desired channel and hold q r the button. desired item or to display the previous or next channel will be detail menu item. selected within the same category. Listening to Preset Channels 3. Press 4 to return to the Press and hold q Channel r to 1. Continue pressing S or T to previous menu. jump four channels backward or select the desired forward in the same category, then favorites page. Favorite List release the button at the desired 2. Press the preset button to listen 1. Press favorite list from the XM channel. to the channel saved to that menu. The favorite list button. information is displayed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-15
2. Press Q or R to find the desired 3. Press OK. FM station. Tune to the station by Tone Settings FM signals only reach about 16 to selecting it. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the From the tone settings menu, the radio has a built-in electronic circuit Channel List sound features can be set up for that automatically works to reduce SiriusXM audio and each audio 1. Press XM channel list from the interference, some static can occur, player s functions. XM menu. The channel list is ’ especially around tall buildings or displayed. 1. Press tone settings from the XM hills, causing the sound to fade in menu. The tone settings screen 2. Press Q or R to find the desired and out. is displayed. See “Tone Settings” channel. Tune to the channel by under Operation on page 7-6. AM selecting it. 2. Press OK. The range for most AM stations is Category List greater than for FM, especially at 1. Press XM category list from the Radio Reception night. The longer range can cause XM menu. The category list is station frequencies to interfere with Frequency interference and static displayed. each other. Static can occur when can occur during normal radio things like storms and power lines 2. Press Q or R to find the desired reception if items such as mobile interfere with radio reception. When category. Tune to the category phone chargers, vehicle this happens, try reducing the treble by selecting it. convenience accessories, and on the radio. external electronic devices are ® Direct Access plugged into the accessory power SiriusXM Satellite Radio 1. Press direct access from the XM outlet. If there is interference or Service menu. The direct access screen static, unplug the item from the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service is displayed. accessory power outlet. gives digital radio reception from 2. Press the channel number to coast to coast in the 48 contiguous tune to the desired channel. United States, and in Canada. Just as with FM, tall buildings or hills can Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-16 Infotainment System
interfere with satellite radio signals, Audio Players Make sure the iPod has the latest causing the sound to fade in and firmware from Apple® for proper out. In addition, traveling or standing operation. iPod firmware can be under heavy foliage, bridges, USB Port updated using the latest iTunes® garages, or tunnels may cause loss Using the USB Port application. See www.apple.com/ of the SiriusXM signal for a period itunes. of time. The infotainment system can play music or movies by connecting an For help with identifying your iPod, Cellular Phone Usage auxiliary device to the USB port. go to www.apple.com/support. The USB port can play both lower Cellular phone usage can cause USB Support interference with the vehicle's radio. and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, If equipped, the USB connector is in and .wav files stored on a USB Multi-Band Antenna the center stack, and uses the storage device. USB 2.0 standard. The multi-band antenna is on the USB Supported File and Folder roof of the vehicle. The antenna is USB Supported Devices Structure used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, . USB Flash Drives The Infotainment system supports: the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service . Portable USB Hard Drives . Up to 2,500 folders. System, and GPS (Global Positioning System), if the vehicle . 2G–5G iPod nano® . Up to 10 folders in depth. has these features. Keep the . 1G–3G iPod touch® . Up to 2,500 music files. antenna clear of obstructions for ® clear reception. . 120GB/160GB iPod classic . Up to 2,500 photo files. . 3G/3GS/4/4S iPhone® . Up to 250 movie files. Not all iPods and USB drives are . ID3 Tag (versions 1.0/1.1/2.2/ compatible with the USB port. 2.3/2.4). . FAT16. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (17,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-17
. FAT32. (Picture System) on page 7-39 or When a device is already . exFAT. Pictures and Movies (Movie connected, press the AUX button to System) on page 7-39. begin playing the device. Connecting a USB Storage O Device or iPod/iPhone Auxiliary Devices Use the /VOL knob to adjust the volume. To connect a USB storage device, Using the Auxiliary Input Jack connect the device to the USB port. Radio with Touchscreen Settings menus and functions may To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect The infotainment system can play vary depending on vehicle options. one end of the device’s cable to the music or movies connected by the iPod/iPhone and the other end to If equipped, the auxiliary input jack auxiliary device. in the center stack can be used to the USB port. Play will begin when the system has connect external audio devices such The iPod/iPhone charges while it is finished reading the information on as an iPod®, iPhone®, MP3 player, connected to the vehicle if the the device. CD player, and other supported vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, devices for use as another source ON/RUN. See Retained Accessory Playing Music for audio listening. This input jack is Power (RAP) on page 9-18. When not an audio output; do not plug the vehicle is turned off, the iPod/ headphones into the front auxiliary iPhone automatically powers off and input jack. will not charge or draw power from the vehicle's battery. Radio without Touchscreen For more information on USB To use a portable device, connect usage, see “Audio System the device with a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Information” under Pictures and cable to the auxiliary input jack. The Movies (Audio System) on radio will automatically switch to the page 7-33 or Pictures and Movies device if the radio is on. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (18,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-18 Infotainment System
To play the music from the device, For iPod/iPhone, connect the iPod/ 2. Press the desired menu. if the device is already connected: iPhone to the AUX input terminal by . tone settings: Adjust the using the AUX cable for iPod/ sound setup. See “Tone 1. Press D. iPhone to play movie files. Settings” under “Radio 2. Press audio. iPhone 5 cell phones have a Controls with Touchscreen” 3. Press Source R. connector which no longer supports in Operation on page 7-6. AUX connections to the radio. This . clock/temp display: To 4. Press AUX/USB. feature is limited to older versions of display the clock and To adjust the tone settings, see iPhone. temperature on the full “Tone Settings” under “Radio Using the AUX Movie Menu screen, select On or Off. Controls with Touchscreen” in . display settings: Adjust the Operation on page 7-6. brightness and contrast of Playing Movies the screen. Movies are not available while 3. Press 4. driving. If the USB storage device is already connected: 1. Press D. 2. Press picture & movie. 1. Press MENU from the AUX movie screen. The AUX menu is 3. Press Source R. displayed. 4. Press USB (Movie). Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (19,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-19
Phone duplicate or rarely used entries. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system If possible, program speed dial can use a Bluetooth-capable cell Bluetooth (Overview) or other shortcuts. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to . make and receive phone calls. ® Review the controls and If equipped with Bluetooth operation of the infotainment The infotainment system is used to capability, the system can interact system. control the system. The system can with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs, be used while in ACC/ACCESSORY or other devices to: . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. or ON/RUN. See Retained The system may not work with Accessory Power (RAP) on . Place and receive hands-free all cell phones. See “Pairing” in page 9-18. Not all phones support calls. this section. all functions and not all phones work . Transmit hands-free data. . See “Storing and Deleting Phone with the Bluetooth system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth for more . Play audio streaming files. Numbers” in this section. information about compatible The device must be paired first. phones. See “Pairing” under Bluetooth { Warning (Infotainment Controls) Bluetooth There may be restrictions on using When using a cell phone, it can (Overview) on page 7-19 or Bluetooth wireless technology in Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on be distracting to look too long or some locations. page 7-20. too often at the screen of the Due to the variety of Bluetooth phone or the infotainment system. devices and their firmware versions, To minimize driver distraction, Taking your eyes off the road too before driving, and with the vehicle the device may respond differently long or too often could cause a when performing over Bluetooth. parked: crash resulting in injury or death. Refer to the cell phone . Become familiar with the Focus your attention on driving. features of the cell phone. manufacturer’s user guide for Organize the phone book and questions about the phone's contact lists clearly and delete Bluetooth functionality. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (20,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-20 Infotainment System
Bluetooth Controls 5 /g (Push to Talk): Press to Bluetooth (Infotainment For vehicles equipped with interact with Bluetooth or OnStar, Controls) Bluetooth capability, use the buttons if equipped. See Bluetooth To use infotainment controls to on the infotainment system and the (Overview) on page 7-19 or access the menu system, see steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on Overview on page 7-3. system. page 7-20 or OnStar Overview on page 14-1. Steering Wheel Controls Pairing > /R (Mute/End Call): Press to A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone silence the vehicle speakers only. must be paired to the Bluetooth Press again to turn the sound on. system and then connected to the Press to reject an incoming call, vehicle before it can be used. See or end a current call. your cell phone manufacturer's user x + or x − (Volume): Press to guide for Bluetooth functions before increase or decrease the volume. pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone is not connected, calls will be Audio System made using OnStar Hands-Free When using the Bluetooth system, Calling, if available. See OnStar sound comes through the vehicle's Overview on page 14-1. front audio system speakers and Pairing Information overrides the audio system. Use the volume bar during a call to change . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 ¦ SEEK or SEEK ¥ (Next/ the volume level. The adjusted capability cannot be paired to Previous): Press to go to the next volume level remains in memory for the vehicle as a phone and an or previous radio station, song on later calls. The system maintains a MP3 player at the same time. an iPod, or file on a USB device (if minimum volume level. . Up to five cell phones can be equipped). paired to the Bluetooth system. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (21,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-21
. The pairing process is disabled according to the type of the phone. 5. Press Yes on the pop-up screen when the vehicle is moving. In this case, proceed with the phone of the Bluetooth device and . Pairing only needs to be book download on the phone. infotainment system. completed once, unless the Pairing a Phone 6. When the Bluetooth device and pairing information on the cell infotainment system are phone changes or the cell phone When there is no paired device on successfully paired, the is deleted from the system. the infotainment system and the telephone screen is displayed on Simple Secure Pairing (SSP) is . the infotainment system. Only one paired cell phone can supported: be connected to the Bluetooth Pairing a Phone system at a time. 1. Press D. When a paired device is on the . If multiple paired cell phones are infotainment system and the SSP is within range of the system, the supported: system connects to the first available paired cell phone in the 1. Press D. order that they were first paired to the system. To link to a different paired phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section. When the Bluetooth device and infotainment system are 2. Press 7 telephone, then successfully paired, the phone book press Yes. is downloaded automatically. 3. Press Search Bluetooth Device. However, the phone book may not 4. Press the desired device to pair be downloaded automatically 2. Press settings. on the searched list screen. 8 3. Press connection settings. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (22,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-22 Infotainment System
4. Press bluetooth settings. Pairing a Phone successfully paired, the 5. Press pair device. When there is no paired device on telephone screen is displayed on the infotainment system. 6. Press Search Bluetooth Device. the infotainment system and the SSP is not supported: When the connection fails, a failure 7. Press the desired device to pair message is displayed on the on the searched list screen. 1. Press D. infotainment system. 8. Press Yes on the pop-up screen If a Bluetooth device was previously of the Bluetooth device and connected, the infotainment system infotainment system. executes the auto connection. 9. When the Bluetooth device and However, if the Bluetooth setting on infotainment system are the Bluetooth device is turned off, a failure message is displayed on the successfully paired, is 5 7 infotainment system. displayed on the pair device screen. Pairing a Phone . The connected phone is When a paired device is on the 2. Press telephone, then highlighted by 5. 7 infotainment system and the SSP is press Yes. not supported: . 5 7 indicates the hands-free 3. Press Search Bluetooth Device. and phone music functions are 1. Press D. enabled. 4. Press the desired device to pair on the searched list screen. . 7 indicates only the 5. Input the Personal Identification hands-free function is enabled. Number (PIN) code (default: . 5 indicates only Bluetooth 1234) to the Bluetooth device. music is enabled. When the Bluetooth device and infotainment system are Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (23,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-23
. The connected phone is 2. Select 8 settings. highlighted by 5. 3. Press connection settings. . 5 7 indicates the hands-free 4. Press bluetooth settings. and phone music functions are enabled. 5. Press pair device. 6. The paired device will show with . 7 indicates only the when connected. hands-free function is enabled. 5 7 Disconnecting the Bluetooth . 2. Press 8 settings. 5 indicates only Bluetooth Device music is enabled. 3. Press connection settings. 1. Press D. Connecting a Bluetooth Device 4. Press bluetooth settings. 2. Select 8 settings. 5. Press pair device. 1. Press D. 3. Press connection settings. 6. Press Search Bluetooth Device. 2. Select 8 settings. 4. Press bluetooth settings. 7. Press the desired device to pair 3. Press connection settings. on the searched list screen. 5. Press pair device. 4. Press bluetooth settings. 8. Input the Personal Identification 6. Press the name of the device to 5. Press pair device. Number (PIN) code (default: be disconnected. 1234) to the Bluetooth device. 6. Press the device to be paired. 7. Press OK. When the Bluetooth device and 7. Press OK. infotainment system are Deleting a Paired Phone successfully paired, 5 7 is Checking the Bluetooth 1. Press D. displayed on the pair device Connection 2. Select 8 settings. screen. 1. Press D. 3. Press connection settings. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (24,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-24 Infotainment System
4. Press bluetooth settings. . Bluetooth music can be played connecting as a stereo headset. only when a Bluetooth device 5. Press pair device. After being played at least once, has been connected. To play the music player will 6. Press Delete. Bluetooth music, connect the automatically play upon entering Bluetooth phone to the 7. Press Yes. play mode, and it will infotainment system. automatically stop when the Bluetooth Music . If the Bluetooth device is music player mode ends. If the Before playing Bluetooth music, disconnected while playing cell phone or Bluetooth device is read the following information. phone music, the music is not in the waiting screen mode, discontinued. The audio some devices may not . A cell phone or Bluetooth device streaming function may not be automatically play in Bluetooth that supports Advanced Audio supported in some Bluetooth music play mode. Distribution Profile (A2DP) phones. Only one function can versions over 1.2 must be Playing Bluetooth Music be used at a time between the registered and connected to the Bluetooth hands-free or Phone 1. Press D. product. music function. For example, . From the cell phone or Bluetooth if you convert to Bluetooth device, find the Bluetooth device hands-free while playing type to set/connect the item as a Phone music, the music is stereo headset. discontinued. Playing music from the car is not possible when . 5 will appear on the screen if there are no music files stored in the stereo headset is the cell phone. successfully connected. . For Bluetooth music to play, the . The sound played by the music must be played at least Bluetooth device is delivered once from the music player 2. Press e audio. through the infotainment system. mode of the cell phone or Bluetooth device after 3. Press Source R. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (25,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-25
4. Press Bluetooth, then select the Playing a File Randomly . The infotainment system connected Bluetooth music transmits the order to play from play mode. Press u during playback. the cell phone in the Bluetooth . NO: Plays all files repeatedly. music play mode. If this is done Pause in a different mode, then the . OFF: Returns to normal Press j to pause. device transmits the order to r playback. stop. Depending on the cell Press r j again to resume. This function may not be supported phone’s options, this order to depending on the cell phone. play/stop may take time to Skipping the Previous or Next File activate. Do not change the track too quickly Press g or l to select the when playing Bluetooth music. . If the Bluetooth music playback previous or next file. is not functioning, then check to Conditions that may occur when see if the cell phone is in the Search playing Bluetooth music: waiting screen mode. . Press and hold g or l to rewind It takes some time to transmit . Sounds may be cut off during or fast forward. data from the cell phone to the the Bluetooth music playback. infotainment system. Playing a File Repeatedly . The infotainment system outputs . If the cell phone or Bluetooth the audio from the cell phone or Press v during playback. device is not in the waiting Bluetooth device as it is screen mode, it may not . transmitted. 1: Plays the current file automatically play despite being repeatedly. carried out from the Bluetooth . ALL: Plays all files repeatedly. music play mode. . OFF: Returns to normal playback. This function may not be supported depending on the cell phone. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (26,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-26 Infotainment System
Hands-Free Phone system. Not all phones support all > /R (Mute/End Call): Press to functions and not all phones work end a call, decline a call, or cancel General Information without with the Hands-Free Phone system. an operation. Touchscreen Hands-Free Phone Controls Making a Call by Entering a Phone Use the buttons on the infotainment Number system and the steering wheel to operate the Hands-Free Phone system. Steering Wheel Controls Steering wheel controls can be To use the hands-free phone on used to: vehicles without a touchscreen . radio, press 5 />, select Onstar Answer incoming calls. Hands-Free Calling, then enter the . Confirm system information. desired number. . End a call. 1. Enter the phone number using the keypad on the telephone General Information with . Decline a call. screen. Touchscreen . Cancel an operation. 2. Press 5 on the screen or 5 / Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone g . Make outgoing calls using the on the steering wheel controls. system can use a Bluetooth-capable call list. cell phone with a hands-free profile If a wrong number is entered, press to make and receive phone calls. 5 /g (Push to Talk): Press to } to delete the number one digit at The infotainment system and voice answer incoming calls and to a time, or press and hold } to control are used to operate the confirm system information. Press delete all digits of the number. and hold for two to three seconds to access the call list. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (27,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-27
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone Taking calls 2. Press 9 on the phone book (Private Mode) When a phone call comes through screen. To switch the call from the cell the connected Bluetooth cell phone, 3. Use the keypad to input the phone to hands-free: the playing track will be cut off and name to search. For details, the phone will ring with the relevant 1. Press 0. refer to the “Searching for a information displayed. Name” later in this section. 2. Press 0 again to switch back to Press 5 /g on the steering wheel 4. Select the phone book entry hands-free. controls or press Accept on the to call. Turning the Microphone On screen. 5. Press the number to dial. and Off To decline the call, press > /R on When the Bluetooth device and Press 3 to turn the microphone on the steering wheel controls or press infotainment system are or off. Reject on the screen. successfully paired, the phone book Using the Phone Book Menu will download. Some phones may Calling by Redial not download automatically. If this To call by using redial: 1. Press Phone Book on the happens, connect it again or telephone screen. proceed with the phone book . 5 Press /g on the steering Q R download on the phone. wheel controls to display the 2. Press or to scroll through redial guidance screen. the list. Searching for a Name 3. Select the phone book entry Select characters by using the . Press and hold 5 on the to call. keypad on the phone book screen. telephone screen. As characters are selected, the 4. Press the number to dial. Redialing is not possible when there names that include those characters is no call history. Searching for Phone Book Entries will display on the phone book 1. Press Phone Book on the screen. As more characters of the telephone screen. name are entered, the list of possible names is shortened. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (28,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-28 Infotainment System
To search for the name Alex: Making a Call with Speed Dial Downloadable 1. Press (abc) to select the first Numbers character. Press and hold the speed dial Applications 2. Press (jkl) to select the second number using the keypad on the telephone screen. Smartphone Link character. (Overview) 3. Press (def) to select the third Only speed dial numbers already character. stored on the cell phone can be Before Using Smartphone Link used for speed dial calls. Up to 4. Press (wxy) to select the fourth If equipped, the vehicle can connect two-digit speed dial numbers are ® ® character. supported. to Pandora , Stitcher SmartRadio , or other available applications Making a Call from Call History For two-digit speed dial numbers, through the infotainment system. 1. Press Call History on the press and hold the second digit to The applications must be telephone screen. make a call to the speed dial downloaded to the device first, then number. the device can be connected to the 2. Press one of the following for: infotainment system. . 2 Dialed calls. Pandora is a free Internet radio service that streams personalized . Missed calls. 4 radio stations based on artists, . 9 Received calls. songs, genres, and comedians. Create stations using the Pandora 3. Select the phone book entry website or smartphone application, to call. then use - (thumbs up) or , (thumbs down) to personalize stations. To set up an account, or for more information, go to Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (29,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-29
www.pandora.com. Pandora may . Connect Andriod™ phones . Activate the application on your not be available in Canada or through Bluetooth. iPhone, then press the desired Mexico. iPod/iPhone Error Messages and application menu on the infotainment system. Stitcher SmartRadio is an Internet Solution radio service that streams news, If the system fails to activate the Connecting Application Error sports, and entertainment shows application on the iPod/iPhone If the infotainment system fails to through the audio system. Create connected, an error message is activate the application on the personalized, on-demand stations or displayed as, “Unable to start smartphone connected through discover new shows through application, possible reasons.” Bluetooth wireless technology, the Stitcher's preset stations. To set up error message is displayed as, . Your iPhone is locked. To an account, download the “Connecting application failed.” application from the Android Market resolve, unlock the iPhone. . Reset all settings related to the or iTunes Store, or go to . You have another active www.stitcher.com. application open. To resolve, phone, then press the desired close the other active application menu on the A phone or tablet with Internet infotainment system. connection and the application application. . Reconnect the smartphone and installed is required. Personal cell . You have not installed the phone data plans are used. Make application on your iPhone. To infotainment system through sure the latest version is installed resolve, install the application on Bluetooth wireless technology, on the device and the volume is the iPhone. then press the desired turned up. application menu on the iOS Version Error infotainment system. Smartphone Supported by If the iOS version of the iPhone is . Application When the application is stopped less than 4.0, the error message is on the smartphone, it usually To use Applications: displayed as, “Your iPhone does not takes time to return to normal . Connect an iPod/iPhone using allow this application to be opened operation. Try to activate the the USB port. on a USB connection. Please refer application after 10–20 seconds. to owner’s manual.” Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (30,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-30 Infotainment System
To switch to another application To connect an application: while playing an application and 1. Install the application on the connected through the USB port, smartphone from Appstore or press the HOME button on the iPod/ Playstore. iPhone, then press the application icon on the infotainment system. 2. Connect the smartphone to the infotainment system through the Switching Between a USB USB port or Bluetooth. Connected Device and a Bluetooth Device . iPhone: USB port 3. Press SETTINGS. When the iPhone is connected to . Android phone: Bluetooth 4. Press the desired application the infotainment system through the 3. Activate the application. USB port, and the infotainment icon to hide or display it on the system is connected to another smartphone link menu. 4. Press D to play the application phone through Bluetooth wireless 5. Press OK. through the infotainment system. technology, press iPhone or The smartphone link menu is bluetooth phone on the smartphone If the activated application is on the displayed. smartphone link menu, the ^ is list menu to switch between the two 5. Press the application icon. applications. activated in the upper position of the HOME menu or playing screen. 6. The application screen is Displaying or Hiding Application displayed. Icons Connecting an Application To display or hide application icons This section explains a general Smartphone Link on the smartphone link menu: operation. It may vary depending on (Pandora) the phone operation system, 1. Press D. versions, and/or application Some images and explanations may 2. Press ^ smartphone link. versions. vary by phone operating systems, versions, and/or application (App) versions. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (31,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-31
Using Pandora If the smartphone is not connected Pandora Menus 1. Install the Pandora application to the infotainment system or the Creating Stations from Currently on the smartphone. application is not installed on the Playing Music smartphone, the Pandora menu is 2. Connect the smartphone to the not activated. 1. Press MENU. The Pandora infotainment system through the menu is displayed. Thumbs Up and Thumbs Down USB port or Bluetooth wireless 2. Press create station. technology. Rate tracks by using - (thumbs up) 3. Press from currently playing. . iPhone: USB connection. or , (thumbs down). 4. Press Artist or Track. . Android phone/BlackBerry Pause phone: Bluetooth wireless 5. Press the desired station. technology. . Press j to pause. The station is added into the Pandora menu automatically. 3. Activate the Pandora application. . Press to resume. r Creating Stations by Searching 4. Press D. Changing Tracks by Artist or Track ^ 5. Press smartphone link. Press l to change to the next 1. Press MENU. The Pandora menu is displayed. track. 2. Press create station. Bookmark 3. Press enter artist/track. To bookmark a favorite artist or The keypad is displayed. track: 4. Enter the artist or track name 1. Press S on the screen. using the keypad, then press 2. Press Artist or Track. Create.
6. Press Pandora. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (32,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-32 Infotainment System
5. Press the desired station. Smartphone Link The station is added into the Pandora menu automatically. (Stitcher) Listening to Stations Some images and explanations may vary by phone operating systems, 1. Press MENU. The Pandora versions, and/or application (App) menu is displayed. versions. 2. Press Q or R to scroll through Using Stitcher the list. Select the desired 1. Install the Stitcher application on station. 6. Press Stitcher. the smartphone. If the smartphone is not connected QuickMix 2. Connect the smartphone to the to the infotainment system or the 1. Press MENU. The Pandora infotainment system through the application is not installed on the menu is displayed. USB port or Bluetooth wireless smartphone, the Stitcher menu is technology. not activated. 2. Press QuickMix Z to listen to a . selection of tracks from your iPhone: USB connection. Thumbs Up and Thumbs Down stations. . Android phone/BlackBerry Rate tracks by using - (thumbs up) Tone Settings phone: Bluetooth wireless technology. or , (thumbs down). 1. Press MENU. The Pandora menu is displayed. 3. Activate the Stitcher application. Pause 2. Press tone settings. The tone 4. Press D. . Press j to pause. settings menu is displayed. See 5. Press ^ smartphone link. . Press to resume. “Tone Settings” under “Radio r Controls with Touchscreen” in Operation on page 7-6. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (33,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-33
Changing Stations . ID3 Tag information for MP3 Bluetooth Phone/ files, such as the album name Press l to change to the next Devices and the artist, can be played. station. . To display album title, track title, Saving Favorites Pictures and Movies and artist information, the file should be compatible with the To save a station as a favorite, (Audio System) ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. press q on the stitcher screen. The infotainment system can play the music files contained in the USB Using USB Storage Devices and Stitcher Menus storage device or iPod/iPhone iPod/iPhone The Stitcher Station menu displays products. . Use a USB or flash memory type available station data from the storage device. Do not connect Audio System Information Stitcher server. using a USB adaptor. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files 1. Press MENU. The Stitcher . Do not connect and reconnect Station menu is displayed. . Music files with .mp3, .wma, the USB device repeatedly in a Q R .ogg, and .wav file name short time, as this may cause 2. Press or to scroll through extensions can be played. static electricity and problems the list. Select the desired using the device. station. . MP3 files that can be played are: Bit rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps - . Use a USB device with a metal Tone Settings Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, connecting terminal. 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 1. Press MENU. The Stitcher menu . Connection with i-Stick Type 22.05 kHz, and 16 kHz. is displayed. USB storage devices may be 2. Press tone settings. The tone . Files with a bit rate above faulty due to vehicle vibration. 128 kbps will result in higher settings menu is displayed. See . Do not touch the USB quality sound. “Tone Settings” under “Radio connecting terminal. Controls with Touchscreen” in Operation on page 7-6. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (34,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-34 Infotainment System
. Only USB storage devices on while the USB device is . USB storage device capacity formatted in FAT16/32, exFAT connected, the USB device may limit is 2,500 music files, 2,500 file system are recognized. be damaged or may not operate photo files, 250 movie files, NTFS and other file systems are normally. 2,500 folders, and 10 stages of not recognized. folder structure. The iPod/iPhone . USB storage devices can only can play all music files . The time it takes to process files be connected for playing music/ will depend on the USB storage supported, but will only display movies, viewing photo files, up to 2,500 files on the screen in device type and capacity, and or upgrading. the type of files stored. alphabetical order. . Do not use the USB terminal to . Some iPod/iPhone product . Some USB storage device files charge USB accessory may not be compatible. models may not support the equipment. The heat generated connectivity or functionality of . Up to two USB devices and one may cause performance issues this product. iPod can be played through a or damage. . Only connect the iPod/iPhone USB hub. All devices may not be . Store files in the top-level drive supported, depending on the with connection cables of the USB storage device. supported by iPod/iPhone performance of the USB hub. When the logical drive is If there is not enough power products. Other connection separated from the device, only cables cannot be used. supply, it may not operate the USB music files from the normally. top-level logical drive can be . The iPod/iPhone may be damaged if it is connected to the . Do not disconnect the USB played. Music files stored on storage device while it is playing. USB storage devices may not vehicle with the ignition on. This may cause damage to the play normally if an application is When not in use, disconnect the product or affect the loaded by partitioning a separate iPod/iPhone. performance of the USB device. drive. . Disconnect the USB storage . Music files to which Digital Right device when the ignition is Management (DRM) is applied turned off. If the ignition is turned cannot be played. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (35,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-35
. When the iPod/iPhone is . Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already connected to the USB port by classification items related to the connected: using the iPod/iPhone cable, the search function provided by the Bluetooth music is not iPod/iPhone. . Press D. supported. USB Player . Press audio. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the . R USB port by using the iPod/ Playing Music from a USB Device Press Source . iPhone cable to play the music . Connect the USB device to the . Press USB. files. When the iPod/iPhone is USB port. To stop the USB device and select connected to the AUX input . Play will start automatically after another media source, press terminal, the music file will the system has finished reading not play. SourceR, then select the other the USB device. source. . The iPod/iPhone playback . If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select functions and the information connected, an error message displayed may be different when another function, then remove the displays and the system will USB device. played on the infotainment switch to the previous audio system. function. Pause . Press j to pause. . Press r to resume. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (36,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-36 Infotainment System
Changing to Next/Previous Files Playing a File Randomly Using the USB Music Menu
. Press l to change to the Press u during playback. . Press MENU during playback. next file. . ON: Plays all files randomly. . Press g within five seconds of . OFF: Returns to normal the playback time to play the playback. previous file. Viewing Information on the Returning to the Beginning of the Currently Playing File Current File Press the title during playback to Press g after five seconds of the display information about the current playback time. file playing. . Scanning Forward or Backward . The information displayed Press the play mode. includes the title, file name, Tone Settings Press and hold g or l during folder name, and artist/album playback to rewind or fast forward. saved with the song. 1. Press R. Release the button to resume . Incorrect information cannot be 2. Press tone settings. The Tone playback at normal speed. modified or corrected on the Settings menu is displayed. See Playing a File Repeatedly infotainment system. “Tone Settings” under “Radio Controls with Touchscreen” in v . The information for songs Press during playback. Operation on page 7-6. expressed in special symbols or . 1: Plays the current file in unavailable languages may be iPod/iPhone Player repeatedly. displayed as “u.” This feature is limited to models . ALL: Plays all files repeatedly. supporting the iPod/iPhone . OFF: Returns to normal connection. playback. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (37,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-37
Playing Music Files To remove the device, select Playing a File Repeatedly another function, then remove the . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the Press v during playback. USB port. device. Pause . 1: Plays the current file . Play will start from the previously repeatedly. played point after the system . Press j to pause. has finished reading the USB . ALL: Plays all files repeatedly. device. . Press r to resume. . OFF: Returns to normal . If a non-readable USB device is Changing to Next/Previous Song playback. connected, an error message Playing a File Randomly displays and the system will . Press l to change to the switch to the previous audio next song. Press u during playback. function. . Press g within two seconds of . NO: Plays all files randomly. If the iPod/iPhone is already the playback time to play the . OFF: Returns to normal connected: previous file. playback. 1. Press D. Returning to the Beginning of the Viewing Information on the Current File Currently Playing Song 2. Press e audio. Press g after two seconds of the Press the title during playback to 3. Press SourceR. playback time. display information about the current song playing. 4. Press iPod. Scanning Forward or Backward . The information displayed To stop the device and select Press and hold g or l during another media source, press includes the title, file name, playback to rewind or fast forward. folder name, and artist/album SourceR, then select the other Release the button to resume saved with the song. source. playback at normal speed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (38,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-38 Infotainment System
. Incorrect information cannot be Pictures and Movies Viewing Pictures modified or corrected on the infotainment system. (Picture System) 1. Connect the USB device to the USB port. . The information for songs The infotainment system can view expressed in special symbols or picture files stored on a USB in unavailable languages may be storage device and devices that support Media Transfer displayed as “u.” Protocol (MTP). Using the iPod Menu Picture System Information . Press MENU during playback. Caution for Using Picture Files . Press the appropriate play mode. . File size: Tone Settings ‐ JPG: Within 64 to 5,000 pixels (Width) and 64 to 5,000 pixels 2. Press the screen to open to full 1. Press R on the iPod menu. (Height). screen. Press the screen again to return to the previous screen. 2. Press tone settings. The tone ‐ BMP, PNG, GIF: Within 64 to settings menu is displayed. See 1,024 pixels (Width) and 64 to If the USB device is already “Tone Settings” under “Radio 1,024 pixels (Height). connected: Controls with Touchscreen” in . File extensions: .jpg, .bmp, .png, 1. Press D. Operation on page 7-6. .gif. Animated .gif files are not supported. 2. Press G picture & movie. . Some files may not operate due 3. Press Source R. to a different recording format or 4. Press USB picture. the condition of the file. Some features are disabled while the vehicle is in motion. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (39,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-39
Viewing a Slide Show 3. Press 4 to exit. 1. From the picture screen, press z. The slide show will start Pictures and Movies to play. (Movie System) 2. Press the screen to cancel the The infotainment system can play slide show during the slide show movie files stored on a USB storage playback. device and devices that support Viewing a Previous or Next Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). 2. Press the appropriate menu: Picture Movie System Information . Press t or u from the picture picture file list: lists all picture files. Caution for Using Movie Files screen. . . sort by title: shows pictures Available resolution: Within 720 Rotating a Picture in title order. x 576 (W x H) pixels. . Press y or w from the picture . sort by date: shows pictures Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. screen. in date order. . Playable movie file: .avi, .mpg, Enlarging a Picture . slide show time: allows .mp4, .divx, .xvid, .wmv. The selection of the slide show playable movie file may not be Press x from the picture screen. interval. played according to the codec format. Using the USB Picture Menu . clock/temp display: allows selection of On or Off to . Playable codec format: divx, 1. Press MENU from the picture xvid, mpeg-1, mpeg-4 (mpg4, screen. show the clock and temperature on the full mp42, mp43), wmv9 (wmv3). screen. . Playable Audio format: MP3, . display settings: adjusts for AC3, AAC, WMA. Brightness and Contrast. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (40,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-40 Infotainment System
. Max video bitrate: If the USB device is already Changing to Next/Previous Movie mpeg-1: 8 Mbps connected: ‐ . Press u to change to the ‐ mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43): 1. Press D. next file. 4 Mbps 2. Press G picture & movie. . Press t within five seconds of ‐ wmv9: 3 Mbps the playback time to play the 3. Press SourceR. ‐ divx 3: 3 Mbps previous file. ‐ divx 4/5/6: 4.8 Mbps 4. Press USB movie. Returning to the Beginning of the ‐ xvid: 4.5 Mbps Movie is not available while driving. Current Movie . Max audio bitrate: Viewing a Slide Show Press t after five seconds of the playback time. ‐ mp3: 320 Kbps From the picture screen, press z. Scanning Forward or Backward ‐ wma: 320 Kbps . The slide show will start to play. ‐ ac-3: 640 Kbps . Press the screen to cancel the Press and hold t or u during playback to rewind or fast forward. ‐ aac: 449 Kbps slide show during the slide show playback. Release the button to resume . Movie files to which Digital Right playback at normal speed. Management (DRM) is applied . The last played audio source will may not be played. play as background music Viewing Full Screen during the slide show playback. Playing a Movie File Press t from the movie screen. Pause 1. Connect the USB device to the Press t again to return to the USB port. . Press j to pause. previous screen. 2. Press the screen to open to full . Press r to resume. screen. Press the screen again to return to the previous screen. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (41,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-41
Using the USB Movie Menu . tone settings: shows the Audio Language sound setup. See “Tone 1. Press MENU from the movie Settings” under “Radio If the movie file has an audio screen. Controls with Touchscreen” language, it can be used. in Operation on page 7-6. . Press q from the movie screen. 4 3. Press to exit. . Press Z S or T on the pop-up Subtitle Language screen. If the movie file has a subtitle . Press r to close the pop-up language, it can be viewed. screen. . Press q from the movie screen. An audio language can be set only when supported by the DivX . Press S or T on the pop-up movie file. 2. Press the appropriate menu: screen. . movie file list: lists all movie . Press to close the pop-up files. r screen. . clock/temp display: allows selection of On or Off to If there is only one subtitle show the clock and language, it can be set to On/Off. temperature on the full screen. . display settings: adjusts for Brightness and Contrast. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (42,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-42 Infotainment System
Trademarks and DivX®, DivX Certified® and associated logos are trademarks of License Agreements Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries and are used under license. FCC Information See Radio Frequency Statement on page 13-12. Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, Bluetooth® taxes, one time activation fee, and The Bluetooth word mark and logos other fees may apply. Subscription are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, fee is consumer only. All fees and Inc. and any use of such marks by programming subject to change. General Motors is under license. “Made for iPod” and “Made for Subscriptions subject to Customer iPhone” mean that an electronic Agreement available at Other trademarks and trade names ® are those of their respective owners. accessory has been designed to www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM connect specifically to iPod or service only available in the iPhone and has been certified by 48 contiguous United States and the developer to meet Apple Canada. performance standards. In Canada: Some deterioration of iPod and iPhone are trademarks of service may occur in extreme Apple Computer, Inc., registered in northern latitudes. This is beyond the U.S. and other countries. the control of SiriusXM® Satellite DivX Certified® to play DivX® video, Radio. including premium content. Covered by one or more of the following U.S. patents: 7,295,673; 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (43,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Infotainment System 7-43
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, General Requirements: FreeType 2 disassemble, reverse engineer, 1. A License Agreement from Portions of this software are hack, manipulate, or otherwise SiriusXM is required for any ® make available any technology or copyright 2007-2012 The product that incorporates FreeType Project software incorporated in receivers SiriusXM Technology and/or for compatible with the SiriusXM (www.freetype.org). All rights use of any of the SiriusXM reserved. Satellite Radio System or that marks to be manufactured, support the SiriusXM website, the distributed, or marketed in the Libjpeg Online Service or any of its content. SiriusXM Service Area. Furthermore, the AMBER voice The navigation software is based in compression software included in 2. For products to be distributed, part on the work of the independent this product is protected by marketed, and/or sold in JPEG Group. intellectual property rights including Canada, a separate agreement patent rights, copyrights, and trade is required with Canadian secrets of Digital Voice Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as Systems, Inc. XM Canada). Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (44,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
7-44 Infotainment System
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control A (Fan Control): Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or Systems decrease the fan speed. Turning the Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation fan control to 0 turns the fan off. The Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 for the vehicle can be controlled fan must be turned on to run the air with this system. conditioning compressor. Air Vents Temperature Control: Turn Air Vents ...... 8-3 clockwise or counterclockwise to Maintenance increase or decrease the Air Intake ...... 8-4 temperature. Passenger Compartment Air Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn Filter ...... 8-4 clockwise or counterclockwise to change the current airflow mode. Select from the following air delivery modes: Y (Vent): Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets. \ 1. Fan Control (Bi-Level): Air is divided between the instrument panel and 2. Air Conditioning floor outlets. 3. Recirculation [ (Floor): Air is directed to the 4. Temperature Control floor outlets. 5. Rear Window Defogger 6. Air Delivery Mode Control Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
8-2 Climate Controls
W (Defog): This mode clears the Using air conditioning and Rear Window Defogger recirculation together for long windows of fog or moisture. Air is 1 (Rear Window Defogger): periods of time may cause the air directed to the floor, windshield, and Press to turn the rear window inside the vehicle to become too side window outlets. defogger on or off. An indicator light dry. To prevent this from happening, comes on to show that the feature 0 (Defrost): This mode clears the after the air in the vehicle has is on. windshield of fog or frost more cooled, turn the recirculation quickly. When the defrost mode is mode off. The defogger turns off if the ignition selected, the recirculation mode is is turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or M (Recirculation): This mode set to outside air mode LOCK/OFF. automatically. Air is directed to the recirculates and helps to quickly windshield and side window outlets. cool the air inside the vehicle. It can be used to reduce the entry of { Caution Do not drive the vehicle until all outside air and odors. windows are clear. Using a razor blade or sharp Press the button to turn the # (Air Conditioning): Turn A to object on the inside rear window recirculation mode on. An indicator can damage the antenna or the desired speed. The air light comes on to show that the conditioning does not operate when defogger. Repairs would not be recirculation is on. Press the button covered by the vehicle warranty. the fan control knob is at 0. Press again to return to outside air mode. # to turn the air conditioning on Do not stick anything to the rear and off. When is pressed, an Using the recirculation mode for window. # extended periods may cause the indicator light comes on to show windows to fog. If this happens, that the air conditioning is on. select the defrost mode. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Climate Controls 8-3
Air Vents Operation Tips . Clear away any ice, snow, Adjustable air vents are in the or leaves from air inlets at the center and on the side of the base of the windshield that could instrument panel. block the flow of air into the vehicle. . Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. . Use of non-GM approved hood Press the cover of the side air vents deflectors can adversely affect to open. Turn open slats clockwise the performance of the system. or counterclockwise to direct airflow Check with your dealer before as needed. Close the cover to stop adding equipment to the outside the airflow. of the vehicle. Additional air vents are located Move the slats to change the beneath the windshield and the direction of the airflow. The center driver and passenger side door air vent does not close completely. windows, and in the footwells. These are fixed and cannot be adjusted. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
8-4 Climate Controls
Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter Air Intake The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11-2. To find out what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11-13. 1. Open the glove box completely and pull it up by each side to remove.
The air intake at the base of the windshield under the hood must be kept clear to allow the flow of air into the vehicle. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Climate Controls 8-5
2. Push the two tabs upward and release the latches holding the service door. Lift the service door. 3. Remove the old air filter. 4. Install the new air filter. 5. Close the service door and latches. 6. Reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
8-6 Climate Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Into Park ...... 9-18 Cruise Control Shifting out of Park ...... 9-19 Cruise Control ...... 9-29 Operating Parking ...... 9-20 Parking over Things Driver Assistance Systems That Burn ...... 9-20 Rear Vision Driving Information Camera (RVC) ...... 9-32 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-20 Fuel Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Fuel ...... 9-34 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-21 California Fuel Braking ...... 9-3 Requirements ...... 9-35 Steering ...... 9-3 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-35 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-21 Fuel Additives ...... 9-35 Loss of Control ...... 9-4 Filling the Tank ...... 9-36 Manual Transmission Filling a Portable Fuel Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-5 Manual Transmission ...... 9-23 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-6 Container ...... 9-37 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Brakes Trailer Towing If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-8 Antilock Brake General Towing Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-9 System (ABS) ...... 9-25 Information ...... 9-38 Parking Brake ...... 9-26 Starting and Operating Brake Assist ...... 9-26 Conversions and Add-Ons New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-13 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-27 Add-On Electrical Ignition Positions ...... 9-13 Equipment ...... 9-38 Starting the Engine ...... 9-15 Ride Control Systems Engine Heater ...... 9-16 Traction Control/Electronic Retained Accessory Stability Control ...... 9-27 Power (RAP) ...... 9-18 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
. Designate a front seat Driving Information passenger to handle potential { Warning distractions. Distracted Driving Taking your eyes off the road too . Become familiar with vehicle long or too often could cause a Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as crash resulting in injury or death. and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Focus your attention on driving. judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Refer to the Infotainment section for from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to more information on using that governments have enacted laws driving. system, including pairing and using regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked a cell phone. familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. to the floor. Defensive Driving To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend Defensive driving means “always keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. expect the unexpected.” The first on the wheel, and mind on the drive. step in driving defensively is to wear . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in the safety belt. See Safety Belts on carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. page 3-8. . Avoid stressful conversations Use a hands-free method to . Assume that other road users place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a (pedestrians, bicyclists, and phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. other drivers) are going to be . Watch the road. Do not read, careless and make mistakes. take notes, or look up Anticipate what they might do information on phones or other and be ready. electronic devices. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-3
. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle If the engine ever stops while the between you and the driver in vehicle is being driven, brake front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating normally but do not pump the are important factors in helping to . Focus on the task of driving. brakes. Doing so could make the control a vehicle while driving. pedal harder to push down. If the Drunk Driving engine stops, there will be some Braking power brake assist but it will be Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception used when the brake is applied. drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to Once the power assist is used up, it tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception can take longer to stop and the time. Actually doing it is brake pedal will be harder to push. { Warning reaction time. Steering Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. Electric Power Steering In that time, a vehicle moving at perceptions, attentiveness, and The vehicle has electric power 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m judgment can be affected by even steering. It does not have power (66 ft), which could be a lot of a small amount of alcohol. You steering fluid. Regular maintenance distance in an emergency. can have a serious — or even is not required. fatal collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind — If power steering assist is lost due drinking. include: to a system malfunction, the vehicle Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between can be steered, but may require a driver who has been drinking. you and the vehicle in front increased effort. See your dealer if Ride home in a cab; or if you are of you. there is a problem. with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-4 Driving and Operating
If the steering wheel is turned until it Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop reaches the end of its travel and is off the edge of a road onto the . There are some situations when held against that position for an shoulder while driving. Follow steering around a problem may extended period of time, power these tips: be more effective than braking. steering assist may be reduced. 1. Ease off the accelerator and . Holding both sides of the If the steering assist is used for an then, if there is nothing in the steering wheel allows you to turn extended period of time, power way, steer the vehicle so that it 180 degrees without removing assist may be reduced. straddles the edge of the a hand. Normal use of the power steering pavement. . The Antilock Brake System assist should return when the 2. Turn the steering wheel about (ABS) allows steering while system cools down. one-eighth of a turn, until the braking. See your dealer if there is a right front tire contacts the problem. Off-Road Recovery pavement edge. 3. Turn the steering wheel to go Curve Tips straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a Skidding curve. There are three types of skids that . Maintain a reasonable steady correspond to the vehicle's three speed through the curve. control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of . Braking Skid — wheels are not the curve before accelerating rolling. gently into the straightaway. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-5
. Steering or Cornering Skid — material on the road. Learn to too much speed or steering in a recognize warning clues — such { Warning curve causes tires to slip and as enough water, ice, or packed lose cornering force. snow on the road to make a Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a . Acceleration Skid too much mirrored surface — and slow — quick stop and could cause throttle causes the driving down when you have any doubt. wheels to spin. pulling to one side. You could . Try to avoid sudden steering, lose control of the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid most skids acceleration, or braking, by taking reasonable care suited to including reducing vehicle speed After driving through a large existing conditions, and by not by shifting to a lower gear. Any puddle of water or a car/vehicle overdriving those conditions. But sudden changes could cause wash, lightly apply the brake skids are always possible. the tires to slide. pedal until the brakes work normally. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the Driving on Wet Roads flowing water could cause the way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle to be carried away. If this The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your happens, you and other vehicle Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate. occupants could drown. Do not occurs. Always drive slower in these types ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid through flowing water. driving according to weather driving through large puddles and conditions. Stopping distance deep‐standing or flowing water. can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-6 Driving and Operating
Hydroplaning . Turn off cruise control. { Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Hill and Mountain Roads can build up under the vehicle's Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) tires so they actually ride on the Driving on steep hills or through or with the ignition off is water. This can happen if the road is mountains is different than driving dangerous. This can cause wet enough and you are going fast on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for overheating of the brakes and enough. When the vehicle is driving in these conditions include: loss of steering. Always have the hydroplaning, it has little or no . Keep the vehicle serviced and in engine running and the vehicle contact with the road. good shape. in gear. There is no hard and fast rule about . Check all fluid levels and brakes, hydroplaning. The best advice is to tires, cooling system, and . Stay in your own lane. Do not slow down when the road is wet. transmission. swing wide or cut across the Other Rainy Weather Tips . Shift to a lower gear when going center of the road. Drive at down steep or long hills. speeds that let you stay in your Besides slowing down, other wet own lane. weather driving tips include: { Warning . Be alert on top of hills; . Allow extra following distance. something could be in your lane . Pass with caution. Using the brakes to slow the (stalled car, accident). vehicle on a long downhill slope . Keep windshield wiping . Pay attention to special road equipment in good shape. can cause brake overheating, can signs (falling rocks area, winding reduce brake performance, and roads, long grades, passing or . Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking. no-passing zones) and take reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower appropriate action. . Have good tires with proper gear to let the engine assist the tread depth. See Tires on brakes on a steep downhill slope. page 10-35. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-7
Winter Driving apply the brakes sooner than when . Tie a red cloth to an outside on dry pavement. See Antilock mirror. Driving on Snow or Ice Brake System (ABS) on page 9-25. Drive carefully when there is snow Allow greater following distance on { Warning or ice between the tires and the any slippery road and watch for Snow can trap engine exhaust road, creating less traction or grip. slippery spots. Icy patches can under the vehicle. This may Wet ice can occur at about 0°C occur on otherwise clear roads in cause exhaust gases to get (32°F) when freezing rain begins to shaded areas. The surface of a fall, resulting in even less traction. curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains Avoid driving on wet ice or in when the surrounding roads are carbon monoxide (CO) which freezing rain until roads can be clear. Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. treated with salt or sand. maneuvers and braking while It can cause unconsciousness and even death. Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. condition. Accelerate gently so Turn off cruise control on slippery If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: traction is not lost. Accelerating too surfaces. . Clear away snow from around quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions the base of your vehicle, and makes the surface under the especially any that is blocking tires slick, so there is even less Being stuck in snow can be a the exhaust pipe. traction. serious situation. Stay with the . Check again from time to Traction Control should be turned vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside time to be sure snow does on. See Traction Control/Electronic not collect there. Stability Control on page 9-27. Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program on page 13-5. . Open a window about 5 cm The Antilock Brake System (ABS) To get help and keep everyone in (2 in) on the side of the improves vehicle stability during the vehicle safe: vehicle that is away from the hard stops on slippery roads, but . Turn on the hazard warning wind to bring in fresh air. flashers. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-8 Driving and Operating
If it takes some time for help to Warning (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run Warning (Continued) the engine, push the accelerator . Fully open the air outlets on pedal slightly so the engine runs vehicle can overheat, causing an or under the instrument faster than the idle speed. This engine compartment fire or other panel. keeps the battery charged to restart damage. Spin the wheels as little . Adjust the climate control the vehicle and to signal for help as possible and avoid going system to a setting that with the headlamps. Do this as little above 56 km/h (35 mph). circulates the air inside the as possible to save fuel. vehicle and set the fan speed Rocking the Vehicle to Get to the highest setting. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck it Out “Climate Control Systems.” Slowly and cautiously spin the Turn the steering wheel left and For more information about wheels to free the vehicle when right to clear the area around the carbon monoxide, see Engine stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. front wheels. Turn off any traction Exhaust on page 9-20. If stuck too severely for the traction system. Shift back and forth system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a low To save fuel, run the engine for only traction system off and use the forward gear, spinning the wheels short periods as needed to warm rocking method. See Traction as little as possible. To prevent the vehicle and then shut the engine Control/Electronic Stability Control transmission wear, wait until the off and close the window most of on page 9-27. wheels stop spinning before shifting the way to save heat. Repeat this gears. Release the accelerator until help arrives but only when you { Warning pedal while shifting, and press feel really uncomfortable from the lightly on the accelerator pedal cold. Moving about to keep warm If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear. also helps. speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could (Continued) free the vehicle. If that does not get Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-9
the vehicle out after a few tries, it Tire and Loading Information might need to be towed out. If the { Warning Label vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle on Do not load the vehicle any page 10-66. heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Vehicle Load Limits (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross It is very important to know how Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). much weight the vehicle can This can cause systems to carry. This weight is called the break and change the way the vehicle capacity weight and vehicle handles. This could includes the weight of all cause loss of control and a occupants, cargo, and all crash. Overloading can also nonfactory-installed options. shorten the life of the vehicle. Two labels on the vehicle show Label Example how much weight it may A vehicle-specific Tire and properly carry: the Tire and Loading Information label is Loading Information label and attached to the vehicle's center the Certification label. pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-10 Driving and Operating
The Tire and Loading 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo Information label also shows weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity the tire size of the original passengers that will be riding calculated in Step 4. equipment tires (3) and the in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing recommended cold tire inflation 3. Subtract the combined a trailer, load from your trailer pressures (4). For more weight of the driver and will be transferred to your information on tires and inflation passengers from XXX kg or vehicle. Consult this manual see Tires on page 10-35 and XXX lbs. to determine how this Tire Pressure on page 10-41. 4. The resulting figure equals reduces the available cargo There is also important loading the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity of information on the Certification and luggage load capacity. your vehicle.” label. It tells you the Gross For example, if the "XXX" This vehicle is neither designed Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) amount equals 1400 lbs. and nor intended to tow a trailer. and the Gross Axle Weight there will be five 150 lb Rating (GAWR) for the front and passengers in your vehicle, rear axle. See Certification “ the amount of available cargo Label later in this section. ” and luggage load capacity is “Steps for Determining Correct 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) Load Limit– = 650 lbs.) 1. Locate the statement "The 5. Determine the combined combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle. never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-11
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). (700 lbs). Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about the vehicle's capacity weight and Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-12 Driving and Operating
seating positions. The combined fuel, and cargo. Never exceed If you put things inside the weight of the driver, passengers, the GVWR for the vehicle, or the vehicle — like suitcases, tools, and cargo should never exceed Gross Axle Weight Rating packages, or anything the vehicle's capacity weight. (GAWR) for either the front or else — they will go as fast as the rear axle. vehicle goes. If you have to stop Certification Label And, if there is a heavy load, it or turn quickly, or if there is a should be spread out. See crash, they will keep going. “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit” earlier in this { Warning section. Things inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a { Warning sudden stop or turn, or in a Do not load the vehicle any crash. heavier than the Gross . Put things in the cargo Vehicle Weight Rating area of the vehicle. In the (GVWR), or either the cargo area, put them as Label Example maximum front or rear Gross far forward as possible. A vehicle-specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Try to spread the weight label is attached to the vehicle's This can cause systems to evenly. center pillar (B-pillar). The label break and change the way the (Continued) tells the gross weight capacity of vehicle handles. This could the vehicle, called the Gross cause loss of control and a Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). crash. Overloading can also The GVWR includes the weight shorten the life of the vehicle. of the vehicle, all occupants, Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-13
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued) Operating . Never stack heavier breaking-in guideline every things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In time you get new brake inside the vehicle so that linings. some of them are above { Caution Following break-in, engine speed the tops of the seats. and load can be gradually increased. . Do not leave an The vehicle does not need an unsecured child restraint elaborate break-in. But it will in the vehicle. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions you follow these guidelines: . Secure loose items in the . vehicle. Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, . Do not leave a seat folded for the first 805 km (500 mi). down unless needed. Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. . Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier The ignition switch has four different replacement. Follow this positions. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-14 Driving and Operating
The uplevel key must be fully If the vehicle must be shut off in an extended to start the vehicle. emergency: { Warning To shift out of P (Park), the ignition 1. Brake using a firm and steady Turning off the vehicle while must be in ON/RUN and the regular pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power brake pedal applied. brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. OFF to turn the engine off. This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting This position locks the steering If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, to N (Neutral), firmly apply the wheel, ignition, and transmission. and must be shut off while driving, brakes and steer the vehicle to a turn the ignition to ACC/ The ignition switch can bind in the safe location. LOCK/OFF position with the wheels ACCESSORY. turned off center. If this happens, 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift move the steering wheel from right to P (Park) with an automatic { Caution to left while turning the key to ACC/ transmission, or Neutral with a ACCESSORY. If this does not work, manual transmission. Turn the Using a tool to force the key to then the vehicle needs service. ignition to LOCK/OFF. turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the Do not turn the engine off when the 4. Set the parking brake. See key. Use the correct key, make vehicle is moving. This will cause a Parking Brake on page 9-26. sure it is all the way in, and turn it loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable only with your hand. If the key the airbags. cannot be turned by hand, see your dealer. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-15
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the 4 (START): This is the position that position in which you can operate starts the engine. When the engine { Caution things like the radio and the starts, release the key. The ignition windshield wipers when the engine switch returns to ON/RUN for Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the is off. driving. vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. 3 (ON/RUN): This position can be A warning tone will sound when the Shift to P (Park) only when the used to operate the electrical driver door is opened, the ignition is vehicle is stopped. accessories and to display some in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ instrument cluster warning and OFF, and the key is in the ignition. indicator lights. This position can If the ignition becomes difficult to Manual Transmission also be used for service and turn with the uplevel key, see Keys The shift lever should be in Neutral diagnostics, and to verify the proper on page 2-1. and the parking brake engaged. operation of the malfunction Hold the clutch pedal to the floor indicator lamp as may be required Starting the Engine and start the engine. The vehicle for emission inspection purposes. Automatic Transmission will not start if the clutch pedal is not The switch stays in this position all the way down. when the engine is running. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or If you leave the key in the ACC/ N (Neutral). The engine will not start Starting Procedure ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position in any other position. To restart the 1. With your foot off the accelerator with the engine off, the battery could engine when the vehicle is already pedal, turn the ignition to START. be drained. You may not be able to moving, use N (Neutral) only. When the engine cranks, let go start the vehicle if the battery is of the key. The idle speed will go allowed to drain for an extended down as the engine gets warm. period of time. The vehicle has a Computer-Controlled Cranking System. It assists in starting the engine and protects Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-16 Driving and Operating
components. If the ignition key is 2. If the engine does not start, wait turned to START and then about 15 seconds and try again. { Caution released when the engine Wait about 15 seconds between begins cranking, the engine will each try. If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change continue cranking for a When the engine has run about few seconds or until the engine the way the engine operates. Any 10 seconds to warm up, the resulting damage would not be starts. If the engine does not vehicle is ready to be driven. Do start and the key is held in covered by the vehicle warranty. not run the engine at high speed See Add-On Electrical Equipment START, cranking will be stopped when it is cold. after 15 seconds to prevent on page 9-38. damage. To prevent gear If the weather is below freezing damage, cranking is not allowed (0°C or 32°F), let the engine run if the engine is running. Engine for a few minutes to warm up. Engine Heater cranking can be stopped by 3. If the engine still will not start, The engine heater can provide turning the ignition key to ACC/ or starts but then stops, it could easier starting and better fuel ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. be flooded with too much economy during engine warm-up in gasoline. Try pushing the cold weather conditions at or below { Caution accelerator pedal all the way to −18°C (0°F). Vehicles with an the floor and holding it there as engine heater should be plugged in Holding the key in START for you hold the key in START for at least four hours before starting. longer than 15 seconds at a time about three seconds. If the 1. Turn off the engine. will cause the battery to be vehicle starts briefly but then drained much sooner. And the stops again, do the same thing, excessive heat can damage the but this time keep the pedal starter motor. Wait about down for five or six seconds. 15 seconds between each try to This clears the extra gasoline help avoid draining the battery or from the engine. damaging the starter. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (17,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-17
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. Warning (Continued) overheat and cause a fire, { Warning property damage, electric shock, and injury. Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage . Do not operate the vehicle the cord and may result in with the heater cord overheating and fire. permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord . Plug the cord into a and thermostat damage could three-prong electrical utility occur. receptacle that is protected 2. Open the hood and unwrap the by a ground fault detection . While in use, do not let the electrical cord. The cord is function. An ungrounded heater cord touch vehicle located in the passenger side of outlet could cause an electric parts or sharp edges. Never the engine compartment, near shock. close the hood on the the engine coolant container. heater cord. . Use a weatherproof, It is shipped from the factory heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated . Before starting the vehicle, with a tie holding it in place. Use extension cord if needed. unplug the cord, reattach the care in removing the tie so that Failure to use the cover to the plug, and the cord is not damaged. recommended extension cord securely fasten the cord. Check the heater cord for in good operating condition, Keep the cord away from any damage. If it is damaged, do not or using a damaged heater or moving parts. use it. See your dealer for a extension cord, could make it replacement. Inspect the cord for (Continued) 4. Before starting the engine, be damage yearly. sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (18,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-18 Driving and Operating
away from moving engine parts. Shifting Into Park If you do not it could be Warning (Continued) damaged. 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake. See It is dangerous to get out of the The length of time the heater should Parking Brake on page 9-26. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully remain plugged in depends on in P (Park) with the parking brake 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) several factors. Ask a dealer in the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. area where you will be parking the by pressing the button on the vehicle for the best advice on this. shift lever and pushing the lever Do not leave the vehicle when the all the way toward the front of engine is running. If you have left Retained Accessory the vehicle. the engine running, the vehicle Power (RAP) 3. Turn the ignition key to can move suddenly. You or others LOCK/OFF. could be injured. To be sure the These vehicle accessories may be vehicle will not move, even when 4. Remove the key and take it with used for up to 10 minutes after the you are on fairly level ground, engine is turned off: you. If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your always set the parking brake and . Audio System hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on . Power Windows Leaving the Vehicle with the page 9-18. The power windows will continue to Engine Running (Automatic work for up to 10 minutes or until Transmission) any door is opened. The radio will If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, be sure the work when the key is in ON/RUN or { Warning ACC/ACCESSORY. Once the key is vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set before turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, It can be dangerous to leave the the radio will continue to work for you leave it. After you have moved vehicle with the engine running. the shift lever into P (Park), hold the 10 minutes, or until the driver door is It could overheat and catch fire. opened or the key is removed from brake pedal down. Then see if you the ignition. (Continued) can move the shift lever away from Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (19,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-19
P (Park) without first pushing the the pressure from the parking pawl To shift out of P (Park): button on the shift lever. If you can, in the transmission, so you can pull 1. Apply the brake pedal. it means that the shift lever was not the shift lever out of P (Park). fully locked into P (Park). 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. Torque Lock (Automatic Shifting out of Park 3. Press the shift lever button. Transmission) This vehicle is equipped with a shift 4. Move the shift lever to the lock control. The shift lock control is desired position. If you are parking on a hill and you designed to: do not shift the transmission into If still unable to shift out of P (Park): . Prevent ignition key removal P (Park) properly, the weight of the 1. Fully release the shift lever unless the shift lever is in vehicle may put too much force on button. the parking pawl in the P (Park) with the shift lever transmission. You may find it difficult button fully released. 2. Hold the brake pedal down and press the shift lever button to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). . Prevent movement of the shift again. This is called “torque lock.” lever out of P (Park) unless the To prevent torque lock, set the ignition is in ON/RUN and the 3. Move the shift lever to the parking brake and then shift into brake pedal is applied. desired position. P (Park) properly before you leave the driver seat. To find out how, see The shift lock control is always If the shift lever still cannot be moved from P (Park), see Shift “Shifting Into Park” previously in this functional except in the case of an “ section. uncharged or low voltage (less than Lock Manual Release.” 9-volt) battery. When you are ready to drive, move The doors may lock when shifting the shift lever out of P (Park) before If the vehicle has an uncharged from P (Park). See Automatic Door you release the parking brake. battery or a battery with low voltage, Locks on page 2-7. try charging or jump starting the If torque lock does occur, you may battery. See Jump Starting on need to have another vehicle push page 10-63. yours a little uphill to take some of Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (20,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-20 Driving and Operating
Parking Parking over Things Engine Exhaust If the vehicle has a manual That Burn transmission, before getting out of { Warning the vehicle, move the shift lever into { Warning R (Reverse) if parking on a downhill Engine exhaust contains carbon slope. On a level surface or an Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO) which cannot be uphill slope, use 1 (First) gear. hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO Firmly apply the parking brake. Turn vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and the wheels toward the curb for a over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. downhill slope, or away from the or other things that can burn. curb for an uphill slope. Once the Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: shift lever has been placed into gear . The vehicle idles in areas with the clutch pedal pressed in, with poor ventilation (parking turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, garages, tunnels, deep snow remove the key, and release the that may block underbody clutch. airflow or tail pipes). . The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different. . The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (21,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-21
Running the Vehicle Warning (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. Continuously Variable damage or aftermarket Transmission (CVT) modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to The CVT is electronically controlled be sure the vehicle will not move. to produce maximum power and If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park on page 9-18 smooth operation. A display in the if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9-20. instrument cluster indicates the coming into the vehicle: If the vehicle has a manual selected range. . Drive it only with the windows transmission, see Parking on completely down. page 9-20. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (22,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-22 Driving and Operating
P (Park): This position locks the The brake pedal must be fully To rock the vehicle back and forth to front wheels. Select P (Park) only applied, and the shift lever button get out of snow, ice, or sand without when the vehicle is stationary and pressed before shifting from damaging the transmission, see If the parking brake is applied. P (Park) while the ignition key is in the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-8. ON/RUN. If the transmission will not N (Neutral): In this position, the { Warning shift out of P (Park), ease pressure engine does not connect with the on the shift lever and push the shift wheels. To restart the engine when It is dangerous to get out of the lever all the way into P (Park) while the vehicle is already moving, use vehicle if the shift lever is not fully maintaining brake application. Then N (Neutral) only. Also, use in P (Park) with the parking brake move the shift lever into another N (Neutral) when the vehicle is firmly set. The vehicle can roll. gear. See Shifting out of Park on being towed. page 9-19. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left R (Reverse): Use this gear to back { Warning the engine running, the vehicle up. Select R (Reverse) only when the vehicle is stationary. can move suddenly. You or others Shifting into a drive gear while the could be injured. To be sure the engine is running at high speed is vehicle will not move, even when { Caution dangerous. Unless your foot is you are on fairly level ground, firmly on the brake pedal, the Shifting to R (Reverse) while the always set the parking brake and vehicle could move very rapidly. vehicle is moving forward could move the shift lever to P (Park). You could lose control and hit damage the transmission. The See Shifting Into Park on people or objects. Do not shift repairs would not be covered by page 9-18. into a drive gear while the engine the vehicle warranty. Shift to is running at high speed. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle Make sure the shift lever is fully in is stopped. P (Park) before starting the engine. The vehicle has a shift lock control. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (23,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-23
L (Low): This position reduces Manual Transmission { Caution vehicle speed without using the brakes by using the braking effect of Shifting out of P (Park) or engine compression. It can help N (Neutral) with the engine control vehicle speed going down running at high speed may steep hills, on long downhill grades, damage the transmission. The or on mountain roads, along with repairs would not be covered by using the brakes off and on. This the vehicle warranty. Be sure the may prolong the life of the brake engine is not running at high linings. speed when shifting the vehicle. In the event of a fault, the malfunction indicator lamp D (Drive): This position is for illuminates. See your dealer for normal driving. For faster repairs. acceleration, press the accelerator pedal all the way down and hold it { Caution there. The transmission shifts to a lower gear ratio depending on Shifting the vehicle initially into engine speed. any gear other than 1 (First) or R (Reverse) can damage the clutch. Shift the manual transmission in the proper sequence, and time the gear shifting with the accelerator to avoid revving the engine and damaging the clutch. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (24,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-24 Driving and Operating
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal Neutral: Use this position when Shift Speeds and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly you start or idle the engine. let up on the clutch pedal as you R (Reverse): To back up, press { Warning press the accelerator pedal. down the clutch pedal and shift into If you have come to a complete stop R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch If you skip a gear when and it is hard to shift into 1 (First), pedal slowly while pressing the downshifting, you could lose put the shift lever in Neutral and let accelerator pedal. control of the vehicle. You could up on the clutch. Press the clutch injure yourself or others. Do not pedal back down. Then shift into { Caution shift down more than one gear at 1 (First). a time when downshifting. 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal Shifting to R (Reverse) while the as you let up on the accelerator vehicle is moving forward could pedal and shift into 2 (Second). damage the transmission. The Then, slowly let up on the clutch repairs would not be covered by pedal as you press the accelerator the vehicle warranty. Shift to pedal. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth): Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth) the same way as for 2 (Second). Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and shift to Neutral. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (25,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-25
Up-Shift Light Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are slowing down. If one of the wheels This vehicle has ABS, an advanced is about to stop rolling, the computer electronic braking system that helps will separately work the brakes at prevent a braking skid. each wheel. Vehicles equipped with a manual When the vehicle begins to ABS can change the brake pressure transmission may have an up-shift drive away, ABS checks itself. to each wheel, as required, faster light. This light indicates when to A momentary motor or clicking noise than any driver could. This can help shift to the next higher gear for might be heard while this test is you steer around the obstacle while better fuel economy. going on, and it might even be braking hard. For the best fuel economy, noticed that the brake pedal moves accelerate slowly and shift when the a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the light comes on, and if the weather, computer keeps receiving updates road, and traffic conditions allow. on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. It is normal for the light to go on and off if the accelerator position Remember: ABS does not change changes quickly. Ignore the light the time needed to get a foot up to during downshifts. the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you, warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle on page 5-16. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (26,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-26 Driving and Operating
suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake leave enough room up ahead to { Caution stop, even with ABS. Driving with the parking brake on Using ABS can overheat the brake system Do not pump the brakes. Just hold and cause premature wear or the brake pedal down firmly and let damage to brake system parts. ABS work. You may hear the ABS Make sure that the parking brake pump or motor operating and feel is fully released and the brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is warning light is off before driving. normal. Braking in Emergencies Brake Assist ABS allows you to steer and brake The Brake Assist feature is at the same time. In many designed to assist the driver in emergencies, steering can help To set the parking brake, hold the stopping or decreasing vehicle more than even the very best brake pedal down and pull up on the speed in emergency driving braking. parking brake lever. If the ignition is conditions. This feature uses the on, the brake system warning light stability system hydraulic brake will come on. See Brake System control module to supplement the Warning Light on page 5-15. power brake system under To release the parking brake, hold conditions where the driver has the brake pedal down. Pull the quickly and forcefully applied the parking brake lever up until you can brake pedal in an attempt to quickly press the release button. Hold the stop or slow down the vehicle. The release button in as you move the stability system hydraulic brake brake lever all the way down. control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (27,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-27
vehicle until the ABS activates. During the transition period between Ride Control Systems Minor brake pedal pulsation or when the driver releases the brake pedal movement during this time is pedal and starts to accelerate to normal and the driver should drive off on a grade, HSA holds the Traction Control/ continue to apply the brake pedal as braking pressure for a maximum of Electronic Stability the driving situation dictates. two seconds to ensure that there is Control The Brake Assist feature will no rolling. The brakes will automatically disengage when the automatically release when the System Operation brake pedal is released or brake accelerator pedal is applied within The vehicle has a Traction Control pedal pressure is quickly the two-second window. It will not System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an decreased. activate if the vehicle is in a drive electronic stability control system. gear and facing downhill, or if the These systems help limit wheel slip vehicle is facing uphill and in Hill Start Assist (HSA) and assist the driver in maintaining R (Reverse). This vehicle has an HSA feature, control, especially on slippery road which may be useful when the conditions. vehicle is stopped on a grade TCS activates if it senses that any sufficient enough to activate HSA. of the drive wheels are spinning or This feature is designed to prevent beginning to lose traction. When this the vehicle from rolling, either happens, TCS applies the brakes to forward or rearward, during vehicle the spinning wheels and reduces drive off. After the driver completely engine power to limit wheel spin. stops and holds the vehicle in a complete standstill on a grade, HSA StabiliTrak activates when the will be automatically activated. vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (28,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-28 Driving and Operating
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the If d comes on and stays on: driver in keeping the vehicle on the intended path. 1. Stop the vehicle. If cruise control is being used and 2. Turn the engine off and wait traction control or StabiliTrak begins 15 seconds. to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 3. Start the engine. disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This Drive the vehicle. If d comes on conditions allow. light will: and stays on, the vehicle may need more time to diagnose the problem. Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting If the condition persists, see your automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin. dealer. started and begins to move. The . Flash when StabiliTrak is systems may be heard or felt while activated. Turning the Systems Off they are operating or while and On performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either is normal and does not mean there system is not working. is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on maintaining control. The vehicle is page 9-8 and “Turning the Systems safe to drive, but driving should be Off and On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (29,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-29
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak If TCS is limiting wheel spin when Cruise Control is on the center stack. the g button is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop If equipped with cruise control, the { Caution spinning. vehicle can maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more Do not repeatedly brake or To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, without keeping your foot on the accelerate heavily when TCS is press and hold the g button until accelerator. Cruise control does not off. The vehicle driveline could be the Traction Off Light i and work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph). damaged. StabiliTrak Off Light g come on and stay on in the instrument cluster. To { Warning To turn off only TCS, press and turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again, release the g button. The Traction press and release the g button. The Cruise control can be dangerous Off Light i displays in the Traction Off Light i and StabiliTrak where you cannot drive safely at instrument cluster. To turn TCS on Off Light g in the instrument cluster a steady speed. Do not use again, press and release the g turn off. cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic. button. The Traction Off Light i Adding accessories can affect the displayed in the instrument cluster vehicle performance. See Cruise control can be dangerous will turn off. Accessories and Modifications on on slippery roads. On such roads, page 10-3. fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.
If the vehicle's Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system begins to limit wheel spin while Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (30,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-30 Driving and Operating
using cruise control, the cruise RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate): If 1. Press I to turn the cruise control will automatically disengage. there is a set speed in memory, system on. See Traction Control/Electronic press briefly to resume to that Stability Control on page 9-27. speed or press and hold to 2. Get up to the desired speed. When road conditions allow you to accelerate. If cruise control is 3. Press and release SET/−. safely use it again, cruise control already active, use to increase can be turned back on. vehicle speed. 4. Remove foot from the accelerator. If the brakes are applied, the cruise SET/− (Set/Coast): Press briefly to control disengages. set the speed and activate cruise The cruise control indicator on the control. If cruise control is already instrument cluster turns green after active, use to decrease vehicle cruise control has been set to the speed. desired speed. See Instrument Cluster on page 5-8. [ (Cancel): Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the Resuming a Set Speed set speed from memory. If the cruise control is set at a Setting Cruise Control desired speed and then the brakes are applied or [ is pressed, the If the I button is on when not in cruise control is disengaged without use, SET/− or RES/+ could get erasing the set speed from memory. pressed and go into cruise when not Once the vehicle reaches about desired. Keep the I button off 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press when cruise is not being used. RES/+ briefly. The vehicle returns to I (On/Off): Press to turn the The cruise control light on the the previous set speed. cruise control system on and off. instrument panel cluster turns green A white indicator comes on in the after the cruise control has been set instrument cluster. to the desired speed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (31,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-31
Increasing Speed While Using Reducing Speed While Using Passing Another Vehicle While Cruise Control Cruise Control Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is If the cruise control system is Use the accelerator pedal to already activated: already activated: increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the . Press and hold RES/+ until the . Press and hold SET/− until the vehicle accelerates to the desired speed is reached, then vehicle will slow down to the desired speed, then release it. release it. previous set cruise speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or . To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in shortly following the release to small increments, briefly press small increments, briefly press override cruise, briefly pressing RES/+. For each press, the SET/−. For each press, the SET/− will result in cruise set to the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h current vehicle speed. (1 mph) faster. (1 mph) slower. Using Cruise Control on Hills The speedometer reading can be . The speedometer reading can displayed in either English or metric be displayed in either English or How well cruise control will work on units. See Driver Information Center metric units. See Driver hills depends on the vehicle speed, (DIC) on page 5-22. The increment Information Center (DIC) on load, and the steepness of the hills. value used depends on the units page 5-22. The increment value When going up steep hills, you displayed. used depends on the units might have to step on the displayed. accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (32,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-32 Driving and Operating
Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) There are five ways to end cruise Systems control: or vehicle damage. Always check . Step lightly on the brake pedal Rear Vision behind and around the vehicle (manual and automatic before backing. transmissions). Camera (RVC) . Press the clutch pedal to the If equipped, the RVC system can How the System Works floor (manual transmissions). assist the driver when backing up by displaying a view of the area behind When the vehicle is shifted into . Shift the transmission to the vehicle. R (Reverse), the image of the area N (Neutral). behind the vehicle appears in the radio screen. The previous screen . [ Press . { Warning displays when the vehicle is shifted . To turn off the cruise control, The RVC system does not display out of R (Reverse) after a short press I. children, pedestrians, bicyclists, delay. crossing traffic, animals, or any To see the previous screen sooner, Erasing Speed Memory other object located outside the do one of the following: The cruise control set speed is camera's field of view, below the . Press a button on the erased from memory if I is bumper, or under the vehicle. infotainment system. pressed or if the ignition is Perceived distances may be . turned off. different from actual distances. Shift into P (Park). Do not back the vehicle using only the RVC screen. Failure to use proper care before backing may result in injury, death, (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (33,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-33
Guidelines Rear Vision Camera Location The RVC system may have a guideline overlay that can help the driver align the vehicle when backing into a parking spot. To turn the guidelines on or off: 1. Shift into P (Park). 2. Press the Home button on the infotainment system. 3. Select Vehicle Settings, then Rear Camera Option. 1. View displayed by the 4. Select Guidelines On or Off. camera. Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC is above the license plate. Messages Displayed images may be farther or SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA closer than they appear. The area SYSTEM: If this message appears displayed is limited and objects that in the infotainment display, the are close to either corner of the system may need service. bumper or under the bumper do not display. If any other problem occurs or if a problem persists, see your dealer. The following illustrations show the field of view that the camera provides. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (34,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-34 Driving and Operating
1. View displayed by the Fuel higher. Do not use gasoline with an camera. octane rating below 87, as it may 2. Corner of the rear bumper. Use of the recommended fuel is an cause engine damage and will lower important part of the proper fuel economy. When the System Does Not maintenance of this vehicle. When Seem To Work Properly driving in the U.S. and Canada, to Use of Seasonal Fuels The RVC system may not work help keep the engine clean and Use summer and winter fuels in the properly or display a clear image if: maintain optimum vehicle appropriate season. The fuels performance, we recommend using industry automatically modifies the . It is dark. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. fuel for the appropriate season. . The sun or the beam of See www.toptiergas.com for a list of If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for headlamps is shining directly TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. long periods of time, driving or into the camera lens. starting could be affected. Drive the vehicle until the fuel is at one-half . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else tank or less, then refuel with the has built up on the camera lens. current seasonal fuel. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft Prohibited Fuels cloth. Gasolines containing oxygenates . The back of the vehicle was in such as ethers and ethanol, as well an accident. The position and as reformulated gasolines, are mounting angle of the camera available in some cities. If these can change or the camera can gasolines comply with the be affected. Be sure to have the previously described specification, camera and its position and then they are acceptable to use. mounting angle checked at your Use regular unleaded gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and dealer. meeting ASTM specification D4814 other fuels containing more than with a posted octane rating of 87 or 15% ethanol must be used only in FlexFuel vehicles. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (35,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-35
California Fuel Fuels in Foreign { Caution Requirements Countries Do not use fuel containing If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries methanol. It can corrode metal California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the parts in the fuel system and also designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find. damage plastic and rubber parts. meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel That damage would not be the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability covered under the vehicle label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never warranty. states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other Some gasolines, mainly high octane satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly racing gasolines, can contain an federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper octane-enhancing additive called control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the methylcyclopentadienyl manganese be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty. tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use indicator lamp could turn on and the gasolines and/or fuel additives with vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives MMT as they can reduce spark plug test. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-12. If this occurs, To keep fuel systems clean, TOP life and affect emission control TIER Detergent Gasoline is system performance. The return to your authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it is determined that the recommended. See Fuel on malfunction indicator lamp may turn page 9-34. on. If this occurs, see your dealer condition is caused by the type of for service. fuel used, repairs may not be If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is covered by the vehicle warranty. not available, one bottle of Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change, can help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (36,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-36 Driving and Operating
gasoline additive recommended by General Motors. It is available at Warning (Continued) your dealer. . Do not leave the fuel pump Filling the Tank unattended. . Do not reenter the vehicle { Warning while pumping fuel. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn . Keep children away from the violently and can cause injury fuel pump and never let or death. children pump fuel. . To help avoid injuries to you . Fuel can spray out if the fuel and others, read and follow cap is opened too quickly. The tethered fuel cap is behind a all the instructions on the fuel This spray can happen if the hinged fuel door on the passenger pump island. tank is nearly full, and is side of the vehicle. To open the fuel more likely in hot weather. filler door, lift the fuel door release . Turn off the engine when Open the fuel cap slowly and lever. The lever is on the floor, on refueling. wait for any hiss noise to stop the left front side of the driver seat. . Keep sparks, flames, and then unscrew the cap all The fuel door is unlocked when the smoking materials away the way. vehicle is unlocked. Locking the from fuel. vehicle locks the fuel door. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (37,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Driving and Operating 9-37
Push the fuel door closed until it Filling a Portable Fuel latches. Container { Warning { Warning If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the Filling a portable fuel container nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by while it is in the vehicle can cause shutting off the pump or by fuel vapors that can ignite either To remove the fuel cap, turn it notifying the station attendant. by static electricity or other slowly counterclockwise. Leave the area immediately. means. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not could be damaged. Always: top off or overfill the tank and wait a . Use approved fuel few seconds after you have finished { Caution pumping before removing the containers. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Remove the container from surfaces as soon as possible. See sure to get the right type of cap the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Exterior Care on page 10-69. from your dealer. The wrong type bed before filling. When replacing the fuel cap, turn it of fuel cap may not fit properly, . Place the container on the clockwise until it clicks. Make sure may cause the malfunction ground. the cap is fully installed. The indicator lamp to light, and could (Continued) diagnostic system can determine if damage the fuel tank and the fuel cap has been left off or emissions system. See improperly installed. This would Malfunction Indicator Lamp on allow fuel to evaporate into the page 5-12. atmosphere. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-12. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (38,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
9-38 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Conversions and Add-Ons General Towing . Place the nozzle inside the fill opening of the container Information Add-On Electrical before dispensing fuel, and The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment keep it in contact with the fill intended to tow a trailer. opening until filling is { Caution complete. . Fill the container no more Some electrical equipment can than 95% full to allow for damage the vehicle or cause expansion. components to not work and would not be covered by the . Do not smoke, light matches, warranty. Always check with your or use lighters while dealer before adding electrical pumping fuel. equipment. . Avoid using cell phones or other electronic devices. Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3-28 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3-28. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Washer Fluid ...... 10-18 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Brakes ...... 10-18 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Brake Fluid ...... 10-19 Lamps ...... 10-26 Battery ...... 10-21 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-27 General Information Starter Switch Check ...... 10-21 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-27 General Information ...... 10-2 Automatic Transmission Shift California Proposition Lock Control Function Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Check ...... 10-22 Electrical System California Perchlorate Ignition Transmission Lock Overload ...... 10-28 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Check ...... 10-22 Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Park Brake and P (Park) Breakers ...... 10-28 Modifications ...... 10-3 Mechanism Check ...... 10-22 Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Checks Wiper Blade Block ...... 10-29 Replacement ...... 10-23 Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Block ...... 10-33 Service Work ...... 10-3 Headlamp Aiming Hood ...... 10-4 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-24 Wheels and Tires Engine Compartment Tires ...... 10-35 Overview ...... 10-6 Bulb Replacement All-Season Tires ...... 10-36 Engine Oil ...... 10-7 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-24 Winter Tires ...... 10-36 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-24 Summer Tires ...... 10-37 Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-37 Fluid ...... 10-10 Signal and Parking Tire Designations ...... 10-38 Manual Transmission Lamps ...... 10-25 Tire Terminology and Fluid ...... 10-11 Fog Lamps ...... 10-26 Definitions ...... 10-39 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 10-11 Tire Pressure ...... 10-41 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-11 Tire Pressure Monitor Cooling System ...... 10-12 System ...... 10-43 Engine Coolant ...... 10-13 Engine Overheating ...... 10-16 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting General Information Operation ...... 10-44 Jump Starting ...... 10-63 Tire Inspection ...... 10-47 For service and parts needs, visit Tire Rotation ...... 10-47 Towing the Vehicle your dealer. You will receive When It Is Time for New Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-66 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tires ...... 10-48 Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Towing ...... 10-66 Buying New Tires ...... 10-49 Genuine GM parts have one of Different Size Tires and Appearance Care these marks: Wheels ...... 10-51 Exterior Care ...... 10-69 Uniform Tire Quality Interior Care ...... 10-73 Grading ...... 10-51 Floor Mats ...... 10-77 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-53 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-53 Tire Chains ...... 10-54 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-54 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 10-55 Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 10-63
California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles, including this one, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered { Warning California Perchlorate by the vehicle warranty. Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have Certain types of automotive installation or use of non GM the proper knowledge, service applications, such as airbag ‐ certified parts, including control manual, tools, or parts. Always initiators, safety belt pretensioners, module or software modifications, is follow owner manual procedures and lithium batteries contained in not covered under the terms of the and consult the service manual Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any may contain perchlorate materials. remaining warranty coverage for service work. Special handling may be necessary. affected parts. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service perchlorate. complement and function with other work, use the proper service systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle Modifications using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-11. can affect vehicle performance and page 3-28. safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the To open the hood: Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3-28. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records on page 11-14.
{ Caution 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and Even small amounts of push the secondary hood contamination can cause damage release lever up. to vehicle systems. Do not allow 1. Pull the hood release handle contaminants to contact the fluids, inside the vehicle. It is on the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. lower left side of the instrument panel. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly. Then, lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the prop holder in the rear passenger side of the engine compartment and secure it to the retainer on the underside of the hood. The prop rod must click into place when returning it to 3. Lift the hood and release the 4. Securely place the hood prop the retainer to prevent hood hood prop from the prop retainer, into the hood prop holder, at the damage. which is under the hood. rear passenger side of the 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) engine compartment. above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Windshield Washer Fluid 11. Engine Compartment Fuse Checking Engine Oil Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on Block on page 10-29. It is a good idea to check the engine page 10-18. oil level at each fuel fill. In order to 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil get an accurate reading, the vehicle Pressure Cap. See Cooling To ensure proper engine must be on level ground. The System on page 10-12. performance and long life, careful engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine attention must be paid to engine oil. See Engine Compartment Overview Oil on page 10-7. Following these simple, but on page 10-6 for the location of the important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick. 4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine your investment: Oil on page 10-7. Obtaining an accurate oil level . Always use engine oil approved reading is essential: 5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of to the proper specification and of 1. If the engine has been running View). See Cooling System on the proper viscosity grade. See page 10-12. recently, turn off the engine and “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” allow several minutes for the oil 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on in this section. to drain back into the oil pan. page 10-11. . Check the engine oil level Checking the oil level too soon 7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. regularly and maintain the after engine shutoff will not See Brakes on page 10-18 and proper oil level. See “Checking provide an accurate oil level Hydraulic Clutch on page 10-11. Engine Oil” and “When to Add reading. Engine Oil in this section. 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. ” See Battery on page 10-21. . Change the engine oil at the { Warning appropriate time. See Engine Oil 9. Battery on page 10-21. Life System on page 10-9. The engine oil dipstick handle 10. Auxiliary Fuse Block. See may be hot; it could burn you. . Always dispose of engine oil Engine Compartment Fuse Use a towel or glove to touch the properly. See What to Do with Block on page 10-29. “ dipstick handle. Used Oil” in this section. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it Add enough oil to put the level with a clean paper towel or cloth, { Caution somewhere in the proper operating then push it back in all the way. range, between the cross-hatched Remove it again, keeping the tip Do not add too much oil. Oil areas. Push the dipstick all the way down, and check the level. levels above or below the back in when through. acceptable operating range When to Add Engine Oil shown on the dipstick are harmful Selecting the Right Engine Oil to the engine. If you find that you Selecting the right engine oil have an oil level above the depends on both the proper oil operating range, i.e., the engine specification and viscosity grade. has so much oil that the oil level See Recommended Fluids and gets above the cross-hatched Lubricants on page 11-12. area that shows the proper operating range, the engine could Specification If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain Ask for and use engine oils that area at the tip of the dipstick, add out the excess oil or limit driving meet the dexos1™ specification. 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil of the vehicle and seek a service Engine oils that have been and then recheck the level. See professional to remove the approved by GM as meeting the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil ” in excess amount of oil. dexos1 specification are marked this section for an explanation of with the dexos1 approved logo. See what kind of oil to use. For engine See Engine Compartment Overview www.gmdexos.com. oil crankcase capacity, see on page 10-6 for the location of the Capacities and Specifications on engine oil fill cap. page 12-2. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
the engine at extremely low properly dispose of clothing or rags temperatures. When selecting an oil containing used engine oil. See the of the appropriate viscosity grade, manufacturer's warnings about the always select an oil of the correct use and disposal of oil products. specification. See “Specification” Used oil can be a threat to the earlier in this section for more environment. If you change your information. own oil, be sure to drain all the oil { Caution Engine Oil Additives/Engine from the filter before disposal. Never Oil Flushes dispose of oil by putting it in the Failure to use the recommended trash or pouring it on the ground, engine oil can result in engine Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or damage not covered by the recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking vehicle warranty. Check with your dexos1™ specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil. dealer or service provider on needed for good performance and whether the oil is approved to the engine protection. Engine Oil Life System dexos1 specification. Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil Viscosity Grade engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade engine oil and filter. This is based engine oil. SAE 0W-20 may be used What to Do with Used Oil on a combination of factors which as an alternative. Used engine oil contains certain include engine revolutions, engine Cold Temperature Operation: In an elements that can be unhealthy for temperature, and miles driven. area of extreme cold, where the your skin and could even cause Based on driving conditions, the temperature falls below −29°C cancer. Do not let used oil stay on mileage at which an oil change is (−20°F), an SAE 0W-20 oil may be your skin for very long. Clean your indicated can vary considerably. used. An oil of this viscosity grade skin and nails with soap and water, will provide easier cold starting for or a good hand cleaner. Wash or Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
For the oil life system to work since the last oil change. Automatic Transmission properly, the system must be reset Remember to reset the oil life every time the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed. Fluid When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil How to Check Automatic that oil life has been diminished, it Life System Transmission Fluid indicates that an oil change is Reset the system whenever the It is not necessary to check the necessary. A : % CHANGE DIC engine oil is changed so that the transmission fluid level. message comes on. Change the oil system can calculate the next A transmission fluid leak is the only as soon as possible within the next engine oil change. Always reset the reason for fluid loss. If a leak 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, engine oil life to 100% after every oil occurs, take the vehicle to your if driving under the best conditions, change. It will not reset itself. dealer and have it repaired as soon the oil life system may indicate that To reset the system: as possible. an oil change is not necessary for The vehicle is not equipped with a up to a year. The engine oil and 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE transmission fluid level dipstick. filter must be changed at least once on the DIC. There is a special procedure for a year and, at this time, the system 2. Press and hold the SET/CLR checking and changing the must be reset. Your dealer has button on the DIC for more than transmission fluid. Because this trained service people who will five seconds. The oil life will procedure is difficult, this should be perform this work and reset the change to 100%. done at the dealer. Contact the system. It is also important to check dealer for additional information. the oil regularly over the course of If the : % CHANGE DIC an oil drain interval and keep it at message comes back on when the Change the fluid and filter at the the proper level. vehicle is started, the engine oil life intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule on page 11-2, and be If the system is ever reset system has not reset. Repeat the sure to use the fluid listed in accidentally, the oil must be procedure. Recommended Fluids and changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Lubricants on page 11-12. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
Manual Transmission When to Check and What Do not remove the cap to check the to Use fluid level or to top off the fluid level. Fluid Remove the cap only when How to Check Manual necessary to add the proper fluid Transmission Fluid until the level reaches the MIN line. It is not necessary to check the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter manual transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only The engine air cleaner/filter is in the reason for fluid loss. If a leak engine compartment on the driver occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid side of the vehicle. See Engine dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has this symbol on it. Compartment Overview on as possible. The common brake/clutch fluid page 10-6 for more information on reservoir is filled with DOT 4 brake location. Hydraulic Clutch fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment When to Inspect the Engine Air For vehicles with a manual Overview on page 10-6 for reservoir Cleaner/Filter transmission, it is not necessary to location. Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the regularly check brake/clutch fluid How to Check and Add Fluid scheduled maintenance intervals. unless there is a leak suspected. See Maintenance Schedule on Adding fluid will not correct a leak. Visually check the brake/clutch fluid page 11-2. If you are driving in A fluid loss in this system could reservoir to make sure the fluid level dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the indicate a problem. Have the is at the MIN (minimum) line on the filter at each engine oil change. system inspected and repaired. side of the reservoir. The brake/ hydraulic clutch fluid system should How to Inspect the Engine Air be closed and sealed. Cleaner/Filter To inspect the engine air cleaner/ filter, remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
release loose dust and dirt. If the filter remains covered with dirt, a { Warning new filter is required. Operating the engine with the air To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ cleaner/filter off can cause you or filter: others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank { Caution and Pressure Cap 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt of View) can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always { Warning 1. Remove the six screws and lift have the air cleaner/filter in place the cover out of the assembly. when you are driving. An electric engine cooling fan 2. Inspect or replace the engine air under the hood can start up even cleaner/filter. Cooling System when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep 3. Lower the cover and secure with The cooling system allows the hands, clothing, and tools away the six screws. engine to maintain the correct from any underhood electric fan. See Maintenance Schedule on working temperature. page 11-2 for replacement intervals. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
What to Use { Warning Caution (Continued)
Heater and radiator hoses, and vehicle warranty. Always use { Warning other engine parts, can be very DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant Adding only plain water or some hot. Do not touch them. If you do, in the vehicle. other liquid to the cooling system you can be burned. can be dangerous. Plain water Do not run the engine if there is a Engine Coolant and other liquids, can boil before leak. If you run the engine, it the proper coolant mixture will. The cooling system in the vehicle is could lose all coolant. That could The coolant warning system is set filled with DEX-COOL engine cause an engine fire, and you for the proper coolant mixture. coolant. This coolant is designed to could be burned. Get any leak remain in the vehicle for 5 years or With plain water or the wrong fixed before you drive the vehicle. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever mixture, the engine could get too occurs first. hot but you would not get the overheat warning. The engine The following explains the cooling { Caution could catch fire and you or others system and how to check and add could be burned. Use a 50/ coolant when it is low. If there is a 50 mixture of clean, drinkable Using coolant other than problem with engine overheating, ® water and DEX-COOL coolant. DEX-COOL can cause see Engine Overheating on premature engine, heater core, page 10-16. or radiator corrosion. In addition, Use a 50/50 mixture of clean the engine coolant could require drinkable water and DEX-COOL changing sooner. Any repairs coolant. This mixture: would not be covered by the . Gives freezing protection down (Continued) to −37°C (−34°F), outside temperature. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
. Gives boiling protection up to Never dispose of engine coolant by 129°C (265°F), engine putting it in the trash, pouring it on temperature. the ground, or into sewers, streams, . Protects against rust and or bodies of water. Have the coolant corrosion. changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal . Will not damage aluminum parts. requirements regarding used . Helps keep the proper engine coolant disposal. This will help temperature. protect the environment and your health. { Caution Checking Coolant If improper coolant mixture, The vehicle must be on a level If coolant is visible but the coolant surface when checking the coolant inhibitors, or additives are used in level is not at or above the mark level. the vehicle cooling system, the pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of engine could overheat and be It is normal to see coolant moving in clean drinkable water and damaged. Too much water in the the upper coolant hose return line DEX-COOL coolant. mixture can freeze and crack when the engine is running. engine cooling parts. The repairs Be sure the cooling system is cool Check to see if coolant is visible in before this is done. would not be covered by the the coolant surge tank. If the coolant vehicle warranty. Use only the inside the coolant surge tank is proper mixture of engine coolant boiling, do not do anything else until for the cooling system. See it cools down. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank, add coolant as follows: { Warning Warning (Continued) How to Add Coolant to the Steam and scalding liquids from a could catch fire and you or others Coolant Surge Tank hot cooling system can blow out could be burned. Use a 50/ and burn you badly. Never turn 50 mixture of clean, drinkable { Caution the cap when the cooling system, water and DEX-COOL coolant. including the surge tank pressure This vehicle has a specific cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling coolant fill procedure. Failure to system and surge tank pressure follow this procedure could cause cap to cool. { Caution the engine to overheat and be In cold weather, water can freeze severely damaged. and crack the engine, radiator, { Warning heater core, and other parts. Use If no problem is found, check to see the recommended coolant and if coolant is visible in the coolant Adding only plain water or some the proper coolant mixture. surge tank. If coolant is visible but other liquid to the cooling system the coolant level is not at the can be dangerous. Plain water indicated level mark, add a 50/ and other liquids, can boil before 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water the proper coolant mixture will. { Warning and DEX-COOL coolant at the The coolant warning system is set You can be burned if you spill coolant surge tank, but be sure the for the proper coolant mixture. cooling system, including the coolant on hot engine parts. With plain water or the wrong Coolant contains ethylene glycol coolant surge tank pressure cap, is mixture, the engine could get too cool before you do it. and it will burn if the engine parts hot but you would not get the are hot enough. Do not spill overheat warning. The engine coolant on a hot engine. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
4. With the coolant surge tank Check the level in the coolant surge pressure cap off, start the tank when the cooling system has engine and let it run until you cooled down. If the coolant is not at can feel the upper radiator hose the proper level, repeat Steps 1– getting hot. Watch out for the 3 and reinstall the pressure cap. engine cooling fan. If the coolant still is not at the proper 1. Remove the coolant surge tank By this time, the coolant level level when the system cools down pressure cap when the cooling inside the coolant surge tank again, see your dealer. system, including the coolant may be lower. If the level is surge tank pressure cap and lower, add more of the proper Engine Overheating upper radiator hose, is no DEX-COOL coolant mixture to longer hot. The vehicle has an indicator to warn the coolant surge tank until the of the engine overheating. See Turn the pressure cap slowly level reaches the indicated Engine Coolant Temperature counterclockwise about level mark. Warning Light on page 5-18. one-quarter of a turn. If you hear 5. Reinstall the pressure cap If the decision is made not to lift the a hiss, wait for that to stop. This tightly. will allow any pressure still left to hood when this warning appears, be vented out the get service help right away. See discharge hose. { Caution Roadside Assistance Program on page 13-5. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap If the pressure cap is not tightly If the decision is made to lift the slowly and remove it. installed, coolant loss and hood, make sure the vehicle is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with possible engine damage may parked on a level surface. the proper DEX-COOL coolant occur. Be sure the cap is properly mixture to the indicated and tightly secured. Then check to see if the engine level mark. cooling fan is running. If the engine is overheating, the fan should be Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (17,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
running. If it is not, do not continue If the overheat warning is displayed to run the engine. Have the vehicle Warning (Continued) with no sign of steam: serviced. Wait until there is no sign of 1. Turn the air conditioning off. steam or coolant before you open { Caution 2. Turn the heater on to the highest the hood. temperature and to the highest Running the engine without If you keep driving when the fan speed. Open the windows as coolant may cause damage or a engine is overheated, the liquids necessary. fire. Vehicle damage would not be in it can catch fire. You or others 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off covered by the vehicle warranty. could be badly burned. Stop the the road, shift to P (Park) or engine if it overheats, and get out N (Neutral) for an automatic transmission or Neutral for a If Steam Is Coming from the of the vehicle until the engine is cool. manual transmission, and let the Engine Compartment engine idle. { Warning If No Steam Is Coming from If the overheat warning no longer the Engine Compartment displays, the vehicle can be driven. Steam from an overheated engine Continue to drive the vehicle slowly If an engine overheat warning is can burn you badly, even if you for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe displayed but no steam can be seen just open the hood. Stay away vehicle distance from the vehicle in or heard, the problem may not be front. If the warning does not come from the engine if you see or hear too serious. Sometimes the engine back on, continue to drive normally steam coming from it. Just turn it can get a little too hot when the and have the cooling system off and get everyone away from vehicle: checked for proper fill and function. the vehicle until it cools down. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If the warning continues, pull over, (Continued) . Stops after high-speed driving. stop, and park the vehicle right away. . Idles for long periods in traffic. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (18,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer engine for three minutes while symbol on it. Add washer fluid until Caution (Continued) parked. If the warning is still the tank is full. See Engine displayed, turn off the engine until it Compartment Overview on expansion if freezing occurs, cools down. page 10-6 for reservoir location. which could damage the tank if it is completely full. Washer Fluid { Caution Brakes What to Use . Do not use engine coolant Disc brake pads have built-in wear When windshield washer fluid is (antifreeze) in the windshield indicators that make a high-pitched needed, be sure to read the washer. It can damage the warning sound when the brake pads manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer system are worn and new pads are needed. use. If operating the vehicle in an and paint. The sound can come and go or be area where the temperature may fall . Do not mix water with heard all the time when the vehicle below freezing, use a fluid that has ready-to-use washer fluid. is moving, except when applying the sufficient protection against Water can cause the solution brake pedal firmly. freezing. to freeze and damage the Adding Washer Fluid washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. { Warning . When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will manufacturer instructions for not work well. That could lead to adding water. a crash. When the brake wear . Fill the washer fluid tank only warning sound is heard, have the three-quarters full when it is vehicle serviced. very cold. This allows for fluid (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (19,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
Brake Pedal Travel The brake/clutch master cylinder { Caution reservoir is filled with DOT 4 brake See your dealer if the brake pedal fluid as indicated on the reservoir does not return to normal height, Continuing to drive with worn-out cap. See Engine Compartment or if there is a rapid increase in brake pads could result in costly Overview on page 10-6 for the pedal travel. This could be a sign brake repair. location of the reservoir. that brake service may be required. There are only two reasons why the Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts brake fluid level in the reservoir can cause a brake squeal when the Always replace brake system parts might go down: brakes are first applied or lightly with new, approved replacement . The brake fluid level goes down applied. This does not mean parts. If this is not done, the brakes something is wrong with the brakes. because of normal brake lining may not work properly. The braking wear. When new linings are Properly torqued wheel nuts are performance expected can change installed, the fluid level goes necessary to help prevent brake in many other ways if the wrong back up. pulsation. When tires are rotated, replacement brake parts are inspect brake pads for wear and installed or parts are improperly . A fluid leak in the brake/clutch evenly tighten wheel nuts in the installed. hydraulic system can also cause proper sequence to torque a low fluid level. Have the brake/ specifications. See Capacities and Brake Fluid clutch hydraulic system fixed, Specifications on page 12-2. since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not Brake pads should be replaced as work well. complete sets. Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (20,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
necessary, only when work is done After work is done on the brake/ on the brake/clutch hydraulic clutch hydraulic system, make sure { Warning system. the level is above MIN but not over the MAX mark. With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake/clutch hydraulic system, the { Warning When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a brakes might not work well. This low level, the brake warning light If too much brake fluid is added, it could cause a crash. Always use comes on. See Brake System the proper brake/clutch fluid. can spill on the engine and burn, Warning Light on page 5-15. if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and What to Add the vehicle could be damaged. Use only new DOT 4 brake fluid { Caution Add brake fluid only when work is from a sealed container. It is done on the brake/clutch recommended that the brake/clutch . Using the wrong fluid can hydraulic system. hydraulic system be flushed and badly damage brake/clutch refilled with new DOT 4 fluid at a hydraulic system parts. For regular maintenance service every example, just a few drops of Checking Brake Fluid two years. See Maintenance mineral-based oil, such as The brake/clutch fluid can be Schedule on page 11-2 and engine oil, in the brake checked without taking off the cap Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system can damage by looking at the brake/clutch fluid Lubricants on page 11-12. brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to reservoir. Always clean the brake/clutch fluid be replaced. Do not let The fluid level should be above reservoir cap and the area around someone put in the wrong MIN. If it is not, have the brake/ the cap before removing it. This kind of fluid. clutch hydraulic system checked to helps keep dirt from entering the see if there is a leak. reservoir. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (21,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
Extended Storage: Remove the Caution (Continued) { Warning black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle . If brake fluid is spilled on the Battery posts, terminals, and charger. vehicle's painted surfaces, related accessories contain lead the paint finish can be and lead compounds, chemicals Starter Switch Check damaged. Be careful not to known to the State of California to spill brake fluid on the cause cancer and reproductive vehicle. If you do, wash it off harm. Wash hands after handling. { Warning immediately. When you are doing this Vehicle Storage inspection, the vehicle could Battery move suddenly. If the vehicle The original equipment battery is { Warning moves, you or others could be maintenance free. Do not remove injured. the cap and do not add fluid. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. 1. Before starting this check, be Refer to the replacement number You can be badly hurt if you are shown on the original battery label sure there is enough room not careful. See Jump Starting on when a new battery is needed. See around the vehicle. page 10-63 for tips on working Engine Compartment Overview on 2. Apply both the parking brake page 10-6 for battery location. around a battery without getting hurt. and the regular brake. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off Infrequent Usage: Remove the the engine immediately if it black, negative (−) cable from the starts. battery to keep the battery from running down. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (22,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Apply the parking brake. Be Park Brake and P (Park) gear. The vehicle should start ready to apply the regular brake only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). immediately if the vehicle begins Mechanism Check If the vehicle starts in any other to move. { Warning position, contact your dealer for 3. With the engine off, turn the service. ignition on, but do not start the When you are doing this check, engine. Without applying the Automatic Transmission the vehicle could begin to move. regular brake, try to move the You or others could be injured Shift Lock Control shift lever out of P (Park) with and property could be damaged. normal effort. If the shift lever Function Check Make sure there is room in front moves out of P (Park), contact of the vehicle in case it begins to your dealer for service. { Warning roll. Be ready to apply the regular Ignition Transmission brake at once should the vehicle When you are doing this begin to move. inspection, the vehicle could Lock Check move suddenly. If the vehicle While parked and with the parking Park on a fairly steep hill, with the moves, you or others could be brake set, try to turn the ignition to vehicle facing downhill. Keeping injured. LOCK/OFF in each shift lever your foot on the regular brake, set position. the parking brake. 1. Before starting this check, be . The ignition should turn to . To check the parking brake's sure there is enough room LOCK/OFF only when the shift holding ability: With the engine around the vehicle. It should be lever is in P (Park). running and the transmission in parked on a level surface. . The ignition key should come N (Neutral), slowly remove foot out only in LOCK/OFF. pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is Contact your dealer if service is held by the parking brake only. required. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (23,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: { Caution With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the Allowing the wiper arm to touch parking brake followed by the the windshield when no wiper regular brake. blade is installed could damage Contact your dealer if service is the windshield. Any damage that required. occurs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not allow the Wiper Blade Replacement wiper arm to touch the windshield.
Front Wiper Blade To replace the windshield wiper Replacement blade: 2. Press the button (2) in the Windshield wiper blades should be 1. Pull the windshield wiper middle of the wiper arm inspected for wear or cracking. See assembly away from the connector, and pull the wiper Maintenance Schedule on windshield. blade away from the arm page 11-2. connector (1). Replacement blades come in 3. Remove the wiper blade. different types and are removed in 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper different ways. For proper blade replacement. windshield wiper blade length and type, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11-13. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (24,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10-27. the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. Halogen Bulbs 1. Pull the wiper arm (1) a short distance away from the glass. { Warning 2. Push the blade (2) away from Halogen bulbs have pressurized the arm (1). gas inside and can burst if you 3. Once the blade pin disengages drop or scratch the bulb. You or from the wiper arm, remove the others could be injured. Be sure wiper blade by sliding the blade to read and follow the instructions off the arm. on the bulb package. 4. Reverse the steps to install the new blade. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (25,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
Headlamps, Front Turn To replace a headlamp bulb: Front Turn Signal/Parking Signal and Parking 1. Open the hood. See Hood on Lamps Lamps page 10-4. To replace a front turn signal bulb: 2. Remove the connector 1. Open the hood. See Hood on High/Low-Beam Headlamp retaining tab (1). page 10-4. 3. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the bulb (3) by pressing the connector release (2) and pulling straight back. 4. Remove the bulb (3) from the headlamp assembly by turning counterclockwise and pulling straight back. 5. Install the new bulb in the headlamp assembly by turning clockwise. 1. Connector Retaining Tab 6. Install the wiring harness 2. Turn the bulb socket 2. Connector Release connector to the bulb. Be sure counterclockwise and pull it out 3. Headlamp Bulb the connector release (2) locks of the lamp housing. into place. 3. Pull the bulb straight out of the 7. Install the connector bulb socket. retaining tab (1). 4. Install the new bulb into the socket by pressing it in. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (26,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
5. Install the socket into the lamp Taillamps, Turn Signal, housing by turning it clockwise. Stoplamps, and Back-Up Fog Lamps Lamps To replace the front fog lamp bulb: 1. Locate the fog lamp under the front fascia. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the fog lamp bulb assembly. 3. Remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it 2. Remove the two screws and the straight out of the assembly. lamp assembly. 4. Install the new bulb by turning it 3. Turn the bulb socket clockwise into the assembly. counterclockwise and remove the socket. 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall. 1. Stoplamp/Taillamp 2. Turn Signal Lamp/Taillamp 4. Press the bulb in and turn 3. Back-up Lamp counterclockwise to remove it from the socket. To replace a taillamp, turn signal lamp, stoplamp, or back-up bulb: 5. Press the new bulb in and turn clockwise to install the bulb into 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the socket. on page 2-8. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (27,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise To replace a license plate Replacement Bulbs to reinstall. lamp bulb: Bulb Exterior Lamp 7. Reinstall the lamp assembly and 1. Remove the two screws (1) from Number two screws. the license plate lamp assembly. Back-Up Lamps 921 2. Turn and pull the license plate License Plate Lamp lamp assembly down. Front Turn Signal/ 7444NA Parking Lamps 3. Turn the bulb socket (3) counterclockwise and pull it out High/Low-Beam H13 of the lamp assembly. Headlamp 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of License W5W LL the socket. Plate Lamp 5. Push the new bulb into the Rear Turn Signal/ 7443 LL socket. Taillamps 6. Install the bulb socket (3) by Stoplamp/ 7443 LL turning clockwise into the license Taillamps plate lamp assembly. 7. Replace the license plate lamp For replacement bulbs not listed here, contact your dealer. 1. Attachment Screws assembly by using the two screws to secure. 2. License Plate Bulb 3. Bulb Socket Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (28,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit An electrical overload may cause Breakers the lamps to go on and off, or in Electrical System The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have the Overload protected from short circuits by a headlamp wiring checked right away combination of fuses, circuit The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or breakers, and fusible thermal links. breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. This greatly reduces the chance of Windshield Wipers fires caused by electrical problems. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to Look at the silver-colored band and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield inside the fuse. If the band is broken until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload Fuses of the same amperage can electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may be temporarily borrowed from Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. another fuse location, if a fuse goes power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow out. Replace the fuse as soon as from the windshield before using the you can. Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (29,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
Engine Compartment { Caution Fuse Block Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.
To access the fuses, press the tab at the front of the cover, and lift the cover.
The engine compartment fuse block is on the driver side of the vehicle, near the battery. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (30,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-30 Vehicle Care Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (31,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage Number Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 14 Headlamp 27 Canister High Left Number Usage 28 Fuel Pump 15 Headlamp High 1 Windshield Washer 29 Front Wiper Right 2 Rear Window 30 Front Wiper 16 Fan Low Washer Relay Control Relay 17 Antilock Brake 3 Windshield Washer 31 Spare Fuse Relay System 2 32 Starter 4 Horn Relay 18 Transmission Control Module 33 Ignition 5 Fan High Relay 19 Spare Fuse 34 EMIS 1 6 Fan Low Relay 20 Front Fog Relay 35 Not Used 7 Antilock Brake 36 Not Used System 1 21 Headlamp High Relay 37 Front Wiper Speed 8 Horn 22 Fuel Pump Relay Relay 9 Not Used 23 Transmission 38 Not Used 10 Not Used Control Module 39 Start Relay 11 Spare Fuse Relay 40 Engine Relay 12 Fan High 24 Spare Fuse 41 Run/Crank Relay 13 Front Fog 25 Antilock Brake System 3 42 Interior Electrical Center 26 EMIS 2 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (32,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Auxiliary Fuse Block 43 Not Used 44 Air Conditioning Relay 45 Air Conditioning 46 ECM/TCM 1 47 ECM/TCM 2 48 Low Vacuum Switch 49 Automatic The vehicle may not be equipped Occupant Sensing with all of the fuses, relays, and The auxiliary fuse block is on the features shown. 50 Mirror Heater driver side of the vehicle, near the Number Usage 51 Rear Defog battery. EVP RELAY Electric Vacuum 52 Fuse Puller To access the fuses, press the tab Pump Relay at the side of the cover, and lift the 53 Transmission cover. EVP MTR Electric Vacuum Control Module Pump Motor Relay Coil 54 Voltage Sensing 55 Rear Wiper 56 Rear Wiper Relay 57 Rear Defog Relay Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (33,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse Remove the fuse panel door Block diagonally.
Open the fuse panel door by pulling out at the top.
The instrument panel fuse block is on the underside of the driver side instrument panel. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (34,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage Number Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 13 Radio 24 Outside Rearview Mirror Number Usage 14 Switch Backlighting 25 Spare Fuse 1 Not Used 15 Rear Parking 2 Not Used Assist 26 Not Used 3 Heater, Ventilation, 16 Body Control 27 Not Used Module 1 and Air 28 Instrument Cluster Conditioning 17 Body Control 29 Air Bag Ignition Switch Module 2 30 Rear Window 4 Heated Seat 18 Body Control 31 Front Window 5 Not Used Module 3 32 Lighter/Auxiliary 6 Blower 19 Body Control Module 6 Power Outlet 7 Body Control 33 Not Used Module 4 20 Body Control Module 8 34 Run Relay 8 Body Control Module 5 21 Heater, Ventilation, 35 Logic Mode Relay and Air 9 Body Control Conditioning 36 Accessory/ Module 7 Retained 22 Data Link Accessory Power 10 Instrument Cluster Connector Relay 11 Not Used 23 Discrete Logic 12 Air Bag Power Ignition Sensor Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (35,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
Number Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) 37 Not Used Tires and a serious crash. See 38 Radio Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on 39 Heater, Ventilation, high-quality tires made by a page 9-9. and Air . Underinflated tires pose Conditioning leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for the same danger as 40 OnStar information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The 41 Spare Fuse warranty and where to get resulting crash could service. For additional cause serious injury. 42 Spare Fuse information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently 43 Spare Fuse manufacturer. to maintain the 44 Spare Fuse recommended pressure. { Warning Tire pressure should be 45 Spare Fuse checked when the tires 46 Spare Fuse . Poorly maintained and are cold. improperly used tires are . dangerous. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, . Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden cause overheating as a impact — such as when result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep There could be a blowout tires at the recommended (Continued) pressure. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (36,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
All-Season Tires Winter Tires Warning (Continued) This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally . Worn or old tires can all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter cause a crash. If the designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased tread is badly worn, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered replace them. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent . Replace any tires that specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered have been damaged by have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer impacts with potholes, molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection. identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires on . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will page 10-49. can cause a crash. be “MS.” Only the dealer or an With winter tires, there may be authorized tire service Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction, the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter replace, dismount, and expected. All-season tires provide tires, be alert for changes in vehicle mount the tires. adequate performance for most handling and braking. . Do not spin the tires in winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires: excess of 56 km/h may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter . Use tires of the same brand and (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel surfaces such as snow, See Winter Tires on page 10-36. positions. mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (37,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
. Use only radial ply tires of the Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire same size, load range, and Performance Criteria speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is Specification): Original equipment tires. molded into its sidewall. The equipment tires designed to Winter tires with the same speed examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance rating as the original equipment tires passenger tire sidewall. criteria have a TPC specification may not be available for H, V, W, Y, code molded onto the sidewall. and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating are GM's TPC specifications meet or chosen, never exceed the tire's exceed all federal safety maximum speed capability. guidelines. (3) DOT (Department of Summer Tires Transportation): The This vehicle may come with high Department of Transportation performance summer tires. These (DOT) code indicates that the tires have a special tread and tire is in compliance with the compound that are optimized for U.S. Department of maximum dry and wet road Transportation Motor Vehicle performance. This special tread and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example Safety Standards. compound will have decreased (1) Tire Size: The tire size is a performance in cold climates, and DOT Tire Date of on ice and snow. We recommend combination of letters and Manufacture: The last four installing winter tires on the vehicle numbers used to define a digits of the TIN indicate the tire if frequent driving at temperatures particular tire's width, height, manufactured date. The first two below approximately 5°C (40°F) or aspect ratio, construction type, digits represent the week on ice or snow covered roads is and service description. See the (01-52) and the last two digits, expected. See Winter Tires on “Tire Size” illustration later in this the year. For example, the third page 10-36. section for more detail. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (38,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more information the tire size means a passenger have a four-digit DOT date see Uniform Tire Quality vehicle tire engineered to of 0310. Grading on page 10-51. standards set by the U.S. Tire (4) Tire Identification Number (7) Maximum Cold Inflation and Rim Association. (TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load that (2) Tire Width: The three-digit following the DOT code are the can be carried and the number indicates the tire section Tire Identification Number (TIN). maximum pressure needed to width in millimeters from The TIN shows the support that load. sidewall to sidewall. manufacturer and plant code, (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit tire size, and date the tire was Tire Designations number that indicates the tire manufactured. The TIN is Tire Size height-to-width measurements. molded onto both sides of the For example, if the tire size The following is an example of a tire, although only one side may aspect ratio is 60, as shown in typical passenger vehicle have the date of manufacture. item 3 of the illustration, it would tire size. (5) Tire Ply Material: The type mean that the tire's sidewall is of cord and number of plies in 60 percent as high as it is wide. the sidewall and under the tread. (4) Construction Code: A letter (6) Uniform Tire Quality code is used to indicate the type Grading (UTQG): Tire of ply construction in the tire. manufacturers are required to The letter R means radial ply grade tires based on three construction; the letter D means performance factors: treadwear, (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: diagonal or bias ply traction, and temperature The United States version of a construction; and the letter B metric tire sizing system. The means belted-bias ply letter P as the first character in construction. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (39,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
(5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air from driving. See Tire Pressure (6) Service Description: These conditioning. on page 10-41. characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and tire. The load index represents Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the the load carrying capacity a tire cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, is certified to carry. The speed tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without rating is the maximum speed a steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. tire is certified to carry a load. materials. DOT Markings: A code molded Bead: The tire bead contains into the sidewall of a tire Tire Terminology and signifying that the tire is in Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto compliance with the U.S. Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. Department of Transportation air inside the tire pressing (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, Accessory Weight: The Cold Tire Pressure: The production plant, brand, and combined weight of optional date of production. accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (40,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: outward when mounted on a Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to vehicle. The side of the tire that Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. contains a whitewall, bears page 9-9. The maximum air pressure is white lettering, or bears GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer, brand, and/or Rating for the rear axle. See Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is Vehicle Load Limits on load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same page 9-9. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall of the tire. Intended Outboard Sidewall: pressure for that tire. The side of an asymmetrical tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb A tire used on passenger cars when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric vehicle capacity weight, and unit for air pressure. production options weight. Recommended Inflation Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A manufacturer's recommended tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown some multipurpose passenger on the tire placard. See Tire vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Pressure on page 10-41 and Load Index: An assigned Vehicle Load Limits on number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution: page 9-9. that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall: The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (41,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory 90 degrees to the centerline of on page 10-48. weight, occupant weight, and the tread. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality cargo weight. Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire Vehicle Placard: A label and upon which the tire beads information system that provides permanently attached to a are seated. consumers with ratings for a vehicle showing the vehicle Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, and capacity weight and the original between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are equipment tire size and determined by tire recommended inflation pressure. Speed Rating: An manufacturers using See “Tire and Loading alphanumeric code assigned to government testing procedures. Information Label” under Vehicle a tire indicating the maximum The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 9-9. speed at which a tire can sidewall of the tire. See Uniform operate. Tire Quality Grading on Tire Pressure Traction: The friction between page 10-51. Tires need the correct amount of the tire and the road surface. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The air pressure to operate The amount of grip provided. number of designated seating effectively. Tread: The portion of a tire that positions multiplied by comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated the road. cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (42,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading How to Check { Caution Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment gauge to check the tire overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire pressure. Proper tire inflation Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The cannot be determined by looking that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the at the tire. Check the tire can result in: minimum air pressure needed to inflation pressure when the tires support the vehicle's maximum are cold, meaning the vehicle . Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. overheating which could has not been driven for at least lead to a blowout. For additional information three hours or no more than regarding how much weight the 1.6 km (1 mi). . Premature or vehicle can carry, and an irregular wear. Remove the valve cap from the example of the Tire and Loading tire valve stem. Press the tire . Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to Load Limits on page 9-9. How . Reduced fuel economy. get the pressure measurement. the vehicle is loaded affects If the cold tire inflation pressure Overinflated tires, or tires that vehicle handling and ride matches the recommended have too much air, can comfort. Never load the vehicle pressure on the Tire and result in: with more weight than it was Loading Information label, no . Unusual wear. designed to carry. further adjustment is necessary. . Poor handling. When to Check If the inflation pressure is low, . Rough ride. Check the tires once a month add air until the recommended or more. pressure is reached. If the . Needless damage from inflation pressure in high, press road hazards. on the metal stem in the center Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (43,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-43
of the tire valve to release air. tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger Re-check the tire pressure with should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire the tire gauge. inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. Return the valve caps on the As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been valve stems to keep out dirt and vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the moisture and prevent leaks. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is Tire Pressure Monitor of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure System under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for The Tire Pressure Monitor System approximately one minute and then (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. technology to check tire pressure This sequence will continue upon levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as the air pressure in your tires and long as the malfunction exists. transmit tire pressure readings to a significantly under-inflated tire receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be Each tire, including the spare (if also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire provided), should be checked tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS monthly when cold and inflated to vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the inflation pressure recommended ability. of reasons, including the installation by the vehicle manufacturer on the Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or vehicle placard or tire inflation wheels on the vehicle that prevent pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. tires of a different size than the size Always check the TPMS malfunction indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (44,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
ensure that the replacement or A Tire and Loading Information label alternate tires and wheels allow the shows the size of the original TPMS to continue to function equipment tires and the correct properly. inflation pressure for the tires when See Tire Pressure Monitor they are cold. See Vehicle Load Operation on page 10-44. Limits on page 9-9, for an example When a low tire pressure condition of the Tire and Loading Information See Radio Frequency Statement on is detected, the TPMS illuminates label and its location. Also see Tire page 13-12. the low tire pressure warning light Pressure on page 10-41. located on the instrument cluster. The TPMS can warn about a low Tire Pressure Monitor If the warning light comes on, stop tire pressure condition but it does Operation as soon as possible and inflate the not replace normal tire tires to the recommended pressure This vehicle may have a Tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection shown on the Tire and Loading Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). on page 10-47, Tire Rotation on Information label. See Vehicle Load The TPMS is designed to warn the page 10-47 and Tires on Limits on page 9-9. driver when a low tire pressure page 10-35. condition exists. TPMS sensors are The low tire pressure warning light mounted onto each tire and wheel comes on at each drive cycle until { Caution assembly, excluding the spare tire the tires are inflated to the correct and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflation pressure. Tire sealant materials are not all sensors monitor the air pressure in the same. A non-approved tire The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS the tires and transmit the tire may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage pressure readings to a receiver the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire located in the vehicle. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the air pressure is getting low and must vehicle warranty. be inflated to the proper pressure. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (45,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
TPMS Malfunction Light rotating the tires. The Caution (Continued) malfunction light should go off The TPMS will not function properly after successfully completing the if one or more of the TPMS sensors Always use only the GM sensor matching process. See are missing or inoperable. When the approved tire sealant available "TPMS Sensor Matching system detects a malfunction, the through your dealer or included in Process" later in this section. the vehicle. low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on . One or more TPMS sensors are for the remainder of the ignition missing or damaged. The Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits cycle. The malfunction light comes malfunction light should go off use a GM-approved liquid tire on at each ignition cycle until the when the TPMS sensors are sealant. Using non-approved tire problem is corrected. Some of the installed and the sensor sealants could damage the TPMS conditions that can cause this to matching process is performed sensors. See Tire Sealant and come on are: successfully. See your dealer for Compressor Kit on page 10-55 for service. information regarding the inflator kit . One of the road tires has been . materials and instructions. replaced with the spare tire, Replacement tires or wheels do if the vehicle has one. The spare not match the original equipment tire does not have a TPMS tires or wheels. Tires and wheels sensor. The malfunction light other than those recommended should go off after the road tire could prevent the TPMS from is replaced and the sensor functioning properly. See Buying matching process is performed New Tires on page 10-49. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or Matching Process" later in this being near facilities using radio section. wave frequencies similar to the . The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. completed successfully after Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (46,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor 5. Press and hold the SET/CLR properly, it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at button to begin the sensor low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or matching process. for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS The horn sounds twice to signal light comes on and stays on. (1-800-468-6657). the receiver is in relearn mode TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the and the TIRE LEARN message Process first tire/wheel position, and displays on the DIC screen. five minutes overall to match all four Each TPMS sensor has a unique 6. Start with the driver side tire/wheel positions. If it takes front tire. identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted. 7. Place the relearn tool against tire/wheel position after rotating the the tire sidewall, near the valve tires or replacing one or more of the The TPMS sensor matching stem. Then press the button to TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor process is: activate the TPMS sensor. matching process should also be 1. Set the parking brake. A horn chirp confirms that the performed after replacing a spare 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with sensor identification code has tire with a road tire containing the the engine off. been matched to this tire and TPMS sensor. The malfunction light wheel position. should go off at the next ignition 3. Press the MENU button once on 8. Proceed to the passenger side cycle. The sensors are matched to the Driver Information front tire, and repeat the the tire/wheel positions, using a Center (DIC). procedure in Step 7. TPMS relearn tool, in the following 4. Press the up or down arrow order: driver side front tire, button until the Tire Learn 9. Proceed to the passenger side passenger side front tire, passenger screen is displayed. rear tire, and repeat the side rear tire, and driver side rear. procedure in Step 7. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (47,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
10. Proceed to the driver side rear Replace the tire if: Tire Rotation tire, and repeat the procedure . in Step 7. The horn sounds two The indicators at three or Tires should be rotated every times to indicate the sensor more places around the tire 12 000 km (7,500 mi). The first identification code has been can be seen. rotation is the most important. matched to the driver side rear . There is cord or fabric See Maintenance Schedule on tire, and the TPMS sensor showing through the tire's page 11-2. matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARN rubber. Tires are rotated to achieve a message on the DIC display . The tread or sidewall is more uniform wear for all tires. screen goes off. cracked, cut, or snagged Anytime unusual wear is 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon 12. Set all four tires to the fabric. as possible, check for proper tire recommended air pressure . The tire has a bump, bulge, inflation pressure, and check for level as indicated on the Tire or split. damaged tires or wheels. If the and Loading Information label. unusual wear continues after the . The tire has a puncture, cut, rotation, check the wheel Tire Inspection or other damage that cannot alignment. See When It Is Time be repaired well because of We recommend that the tires, for New Tires on page 10-48 the size or location of the and Wheel Replacement on including the spare tire, if the damage. vehicle has one, be inspected page 10-53. for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (48,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are tire rotation to prevent corrosion properly tightened. See “Wheel or rust build-up. Do not get Nut Torque” under Capacities grease on the flat wheel and Specifications on mounting surface or on the page 12-2. wheel nuts or bolts.
{ Warning When It Is Time for New Tires Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is Factors such as maintenance, fastened, can make wheel temperatures, driving speeds, nuts become loose after a vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. Use this rotation pattern when time. The wheel could come rotating the tires. off and cause a crash. When Adjust the front and rear tires to changing a wheel, remove any the recommended inflation rust or dirt from places where pressure on the Tire and the wheel attaches to the Loading Information label after vehicle. In an emergency, a the tires have been rotated. See cloth or a paper towel can be Tire Pressure on page 10-41 used, however, use a scraper and Vehicle Load Limits on or wire brush to remove all page 9-9. rust or dirt. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Lightly coat the center of the Monitor Operation on wheel hub with wheel bearing page 10-44. grease after a wheel change or Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (49,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed, tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park buying tires with the same TPC the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating. or less of tread remaining. See Tire least a month in a cool, dry, clean Inspection on page 10-47 and Tire GM's exclusive TPC Spec area away from direct sunlight to Rotation on page 10-47. system considers over a dozen slow aging. This area should be free The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other critical specifications that impact This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate the overall performance of the if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. vehicle, including brake system never used. Multiple factors performance, ride and handling, Parking for an extended period can including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while pressure monitoring maintenance affect how fast aging driving. When storing a vehicle for performance. GM's TPC Spec takes place. GM recommends that at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's tires, including the spare if raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the equipped, be replaced after six weight from the tires. years, regardless of tread wear. The tires have an all-season tread tire manufacture date is the last four design, the TPC spec number digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires will be followed by MS, for mud Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling on page 10-37. first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn (01–52) and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four. the year 2010 would have a Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the system rating. When performance of the vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (50,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
Braking and handling performance may be adversely { Warning { Warning affected if all the tires are not Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the replaced at the same time. improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel If proper rotation and to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks maintenance have been done, could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. all four tires should wear out at Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail about the same time. See Tire tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. Rotation on page 10-47. mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with However, if it is necessary to the wheels on the vehicle. replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. { Warning If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not Winter tires with the same speed Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make rating as the original equipment brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size, tires may not be available for H, loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the tires. Never exceed the winter vehicle damage. Use the original tires. tires’ maximum speed capability correct size, brand, and type when using winter tires with a of tire on all wheels. Vehicles that have a tire lower speed rating. pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low-pressure warning if non-TPC Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10-43. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (51,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
The Tire and Loading Uniform Tire Quality { Warning Information Label indicates the Grading original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits there may not be an acceptable where applicable on the tire on page 9-9, for the label level of performance and safety if location and more information tires not recommended for those sidewall between tread shoulder about the Tire and Loading wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. Information label. increases the chance of a crash For example: and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA Different Size Tires and specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A Wheels developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a The following information relates If wheels or tires are installed that GM certified technician. to the system developed by the are a different size than the original United States National Highway equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on performance, including its braking, (NHTSA), which grades tires by ride and handling characteristics, page 10-49 and Accessories and stability, and resistance to rollover Modifications on page 10-3. treadwear, traction, and may be affected. If the vehicle has temperature performance. This electronic systems such as antilock applies only to vehicles sold in brakes, rollover airbags, traction the United States. The grades control, electronic stability control, are molded on the sidewalls of or All-Wheel Drive, the performance most passenger car tires. The of these systems can also be Uniform Tire Quality Grading affected. (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (52,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include or to some limited-production the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics. upon the actual conditions of General Motors passenger cars Temperature and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance safety requirements and habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its additional General Motors Tire differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. tested under controlled standards. Traction conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (53,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-53
performance on the laboratory surface variations such as troughs Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel test wheel than the minimum or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor required by law. Warning: The vibrating when driving on a smooth System (TPMS) sensors with new temperature grade for this tire is road, the tires and wheels may need GM original equipment parts. established for a tire that is to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis. properly inflated and not { Warning overloaded. Excessive speed, Wheel Replacement Using the wrong replacement underinflation, or excessive wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel loading, either separately or in Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or nuts can be dangerous. It could combination, can cause heat affect the braking and handling of buildup and possible tire failure. corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel nuts should be replaced. and cause loss of control, causing Wheel Alignment and Tire If the wheel leaks air, replace it. a crash. Always use the correct Balance Some aluminum wheels can be wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. The tires and wheels were aligned repaired. See your dealer if any of and balanced at the factory to these conditions exist. provide the longest tire life and best Your dealer will know the kind of overall performance. Adjustments to wheel that is needed. { Caution wheel alignment and tire balancing Each new wheel should have the are not necessary on a regular same load-carrying capacity, The wrong wheel can also cause basis. Consider an alignment check diameter, width, offset, and be problems with bearing life, brake if there is unusual tire wear or the mounted the same way as the one it cooling, speedometer or vehicle is significantly pulling to one replaces. odometer calibration, headlamp side or the other. Some slight pull to aim, bumper height, vehicle the left or right, depending on the (Continued) crown of the road and/or other road Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (54,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat Caution (Continued) This vehicle has a tire sealant and ground clearance, and tire or tire { Warning compressor kit. See Tire Sealant chain clearance to the body and and Compressor Kit on page 10-55. chassis. Do not use tire chains. There is There is no spare tire, no tire not enough clearance. Tire chains changing equipment, and no place used on a vehicle without the to store a tire. Used Replacement Wheels proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, It is unusual for a tire to blow out, especially if the tires are maintained { Warning suspension, or other vehicle properly. See Tires on page 10-35. parts. The area damaged by the Replacing a wheel with a used air goes out of a tire, it is much tire chains could cause loss of more likely to leak out slowly. But if one is dangerous. How it has control and a crash. been used or how far it has been there is ever a blowout, here are a driven may be unknown. It could Use another type of traction few tips about what to expect and fail suddenly and cause a crash. device only if its manufacturer what to do. When replacing wheels, use a recommends it for the vehicle's If a front tire fails, the flat tire will new GM original equipment tire size combination and road create a drag that pulls the vehicle wheel. conditions. Follow that toward that side. Take your foot off manufacturer's instructions. To the accelerator pedal and grip the avoid vehicle damage, drive slow steering wheel firmly. Steer to and readjust or remove the maintain lane position, and then traction device if it contacts the gently brake to a stop, well off the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. road, if possible. If traction devices are used, install A rear blowout, particularly on a them on the front tires. curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (55,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-55
accelerator pedal and steer to 3. Turn off the engine. { Warning straighten the vehicle. It may be 4. Inspect the flat tire. very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, Lifting a vehicle and getting under If the tire has been separated from if possible. it to do maintenance or repairs is the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, dangerous without the or has a puncture larger than a { Warning appropriate safety equipment and 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is too training. If a jack is provided with severely damaged for the tire Driving on a flat tire will cause the vehicle, it is designed only for sealant and compressor kit to be permanent damage to the tire. changing a flat tire. If it is used for effective. Re-inflating a tire after it has been anything else, you or others could If the tire has a puncture less than a driven on while severely be badly injured or killed if the 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area of underinflated or flat may cause a vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack the tire, see Tire Sealant and blowout and a serious crash. is provided with the vehicle, only Compressor Kit on page 10-55. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire use it for changing a flat tire. that has been driven on while Tire Sealant and severely underinflated or flat. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire Compressor Kit Have your dealer or an authorized and wheel damage by driving slowly tire service center repair or to a level place, well off the road, { Warning replace the flat tire as soon as if possible. possible. 1. Turn on the hazard warning Idling a vehicle in an enclosed flashers. See Hazard Warning area with poor ventilation is Flashers on page 6-3. dangerous. Engine exhaust may 2. Park the vehicle. Set the parking enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust brake firmly and put the shift contains carbon monoxide (CO) lever in P (Park). See Shifting which cannot be seen or smelled. Into Park on page 9-18. (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (56,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-56 Vehicle Care
If the tire has been separated from Warning (Continued) { Warning the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has a large puncture, the tire is It can cause unconsciousness Storing the tire sealant and too severely damaged for the tire and even death. Never run the compressor kit or other sealant and compressor kit to be engine in an enclosed area that equipment in the passenger effective. See Roadside Assistance has no fresh air ventilation. For compartment of the vehicle could Program on page 13-5. more information, see Engine cause injury. In a sudden stop or Exhaust on page 9-20. collision, loose equipment could Read and follow all of the tire sealant and compressor kit strike someone. Store the tire instructions. sealant and compressor kit in its original location. The kit includes: { Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause If this vehicle has a tire sealant and the tire to rupture and you or compressor kit, there may not be a others could be injured. Be sure spare tire or tire changing to read and follow the tire sealant equipment, and on some vehicles and compressor kit instructions there may not be a place to store and inflate the tire to its a tire. recommended pressure. Do not The tire sealant and compressor exceed the recommended can be used to temporarily seal pressure. punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area of the tire. It can also be used to inflate an underinflated tire. 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve 2. Sealant/Air Hose 3. Base of Sealant Canister Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (57,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
4. Tire Sealant Canister be replaced before its expiration Do not remove any objects that 5. On/Off Button date. Replacement tire sealant have penetrated the tire. 6. Slot on Top of Compressor canisters are available at your local 1. Remove the tire sealant 7. Pressure Gauge dealer. canister (4) and compressor There is only enough sealant to seal from its storage location. See one tire. After usage, the tire sealant Storing the Tire Sealant and canister must be replaced. Compressor Kit on page 10-63. Using the Tire Sealant and 2. Remove the air only hose (10) Compressor Kit to Temporarily and the power plug (9) from the Seal and Inflate a bottom of the compressor. Punctured Tire 3. Place the compressor on the ground near the flat tire. When using the tire sealant and compressor kit during cold temperatures, warm the kit in a heated environment for five minutes. 8. Pressure Deflation Button This will help to inflate the tire faster. 9. Power Plug 10. Air Only Hose If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly Tire Sealant to a level place. Turn on the hazard Read and follow the safe handling warning flashers. See Hazard instructions on the label adhered to Warning Flashers on page 6-3. the tire sealant canister (4). See If a Tire Goes Flat on Check the tire sealant expiration page 10-54 for other important date on the tire sealant canister. safety warnings. The tire sealant canister (4) should Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (58,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to 6. Remove the valve stem cap from 8. Plug the power plug (9) into the the sealant canister inlet the flat tire by turning it accessory power outlet in the valve (1) by turning it clockwise counterclockwise. vehicle. Unplug all items from until tight. other accessory power outlets. See Power Outlets on page 5-6. If the vehicle has an accessory power outlet, do not use the cigarette lighter. If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window. 9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor. 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to 10. Press the on/off button (5) to 5. Slide the base of the tire sealant the tire valve stem by turning it turn the tire sealant and canister (3) into the slot on the clockwise until tight. compressor kit on. top of the compressor (6) to hold it upright. The compressor will inject sealant and air into the tire. Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground The pressure gauge (7) will so the hose will reach it. initially show a high pressure while the compressor pushes the sealant into the tire. Once the sealant is completely dispersed into the tire, the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (59,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
pressure will quickly drop and 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from start to rise again as the tire Caution (Continued) the accessory power outlet in inflates with air only. the vehicle. farther. The tire is too severely 11. Inflate the tire to the damaged and the tire sealant and 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) recommended inflation compressor kit cannot inflate the counterclockwise to remove it pressure using the pressure tire. Remove the power plug from from the tire valve stem. gauge (7). The recommended the accessory power outlet and 15. Replace the tire valve inflation pressure can be found unscrew the inflating hose from stem cap. on the Tire and Loading the tire valve. See Roadside Information label. See Tire 16. Remove the tire sealant Assistance Program on Pressure on page 10-41. canister (4) from the slot on top page 13-5. of the compressor (6). The pressure gauge (7) may read higher than the actual tire 17. Turn the air only hose (10) pressure while the compressor 12. Press the on/off button (5) to counterclockwise to remove it is on. Turn the compressor off turn the tire sealant and from the tire sealant canister to get an accurate pressure compressor kit off. inlet valve (1). reading. The compressor may The tire is not sealed and will 18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) be turned on/off until the continue to leak air until the clockwise onto the sealant correct pressure is reached. vehicle is driven and the canister inlet valve (1) to sealant is distributed in the tire. prevent sealant leakage. { Caution Therefore, Steps 13–21 must be done immediately after 19. Return the air only hose (10) If the recommended pressure Step 12. and power plug (9) back to their original storage location. cannot be reached after Be careful while handling the approximately 25 minutes, the tire sealant and compressor kit vehicle should not be driven as it could be warm after (Continued) usage. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (60,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
23. Stop at a safe location and 24. Wipe off any sealant from the check the tire pressure. Refer wheel, tire, or vehicle. to Steps 1–10 under “Using the 25. Dispose of the used tire Tire Sealant and Compressor sealant canister (4) at a local Kit without Sealant to Inflate a dealer or in accordance with Tire (Not Punctured).” local state codes and practices. 20. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen 26. Replace it with a new canister to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi) available from your dealer. pressure, remove the below the recommended maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving 27. After temporarily sealing a tire sealant canister and place it in the vehicle. The tire is too using the tire sealant and a highly visible location. severely damaged and the tire compressor kit, take the vehicle to an authorized dealer Do not exceed the speed on sealant cannot seal the tire. within 161 km (100 mi) of this label until the damaged tire See Roadside Assistance driving to have the tire repaired is repaired or replaced. Program on page 13-5. or replaced. 21. Return the equipment to its If the tire pressure has not original storage location in the dropped more than 68 kPa vehicle. (10 psi) from the recommended inflation pressure, inflate the 22. Immediately drive the vehicle tire to the recommended 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the inflation pressure. sealant in the tire. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (61,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-61
Using the Tire Sealant and 2. Remove the air only hose (10) Compressor Kit without and the power plug (9) from the Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not bottom of the compressor. Punctured) 3. Place the compressor on the The kit includes: ground near the flat tire. Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it. 4. Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise. 8. Pressure Deflation Button 9. Power Plug 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to 10. Air Only Hose the tire valve stem by turning it clockwise until tight. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve Warning Flashers on page 6-3. 2. Sealant/Air Hose See If a Tire Goes Flat on 3. Base of Sealant Canister page 10-54 for other important 4. Tire Sealant Canister safety warnings. 5. On/Off Button 1. Remove the compressor from its 6. Slot on Top of Compressor storage location. See Storing the 7. Pressure Gauge Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10-63. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (62,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-62 Vehicle Care
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the 9. Inflate the tire to the accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation pressure { Caution vehicle. Unplug all items from using the pressure gauge (7). other accessory power outlets. The recommended inflation If the recommended pressure See Power Outlets on page 5-6. pressure can be found on the cannot be reached after Tire and Loading Information approximately 25 minutes, the If the vehicle has an accessory vehicle should not be driven power outlet, do not use the label. See Tire Pressure on page 10-41. farther. The tire is too severely cigarette lighter. damaged and the tire sealant and The pressure gauge (7) may If the vehicle only has a cigarette compressor kit cannot inflate the read higher than the actual tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. tire. Remove the power plug from pressure while the compressor is Do not pinch the power plug on. Turn the compressor off to the accessory power outlet and cord in the door or window. get an accurate pressure unscrew the inflating hose from reading. The compressor may the tire valve. See Roadside 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle Assistance Program on must be running while using the be turned on/off until the correct page 13-5. air compressor. pressure is reached. 8. Press the on/off button (5) to If the tire is inflated higher than turn the tire sealant and the recommended pressure, 10. Press the on/off button (5) to compressor kit on. adjust the excess pressure by turn the tire sealant and pressing the pressure deflation compressor kit off. The compressor will inflate the button (8) until the proper tire with air only. Be careful while handling the pressure reading is reached. compressor as it could be This option is only functional warm after usage. when using the air only hose (10). 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (63,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-63
12. Turn the air only hose (10) Storing the Tire Sealant Jump Starting counterclockwise to remove it from the tire valve stem. and Compressor Kit For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery on 13. Replace the tire valve The tire sealant and compressor kit page 10-21. stem cap. is located in the rear storage area. If the battery has run down, try to 14. Return the air only hose (10) 1. Lift the trim cover. use another vehicle and some and power plug (9) back to jumper cables to start your vehicle. their original storage location. Be sure to use the following steps to 15. Return the equipment to its do it safely. original storage location in the vehicle. { Warning The tire sealant and compressor kit has accessory adapters located in a Batteries can hurt you. They can compartment on the bottom of its be dangerous because: housing that can be used to inflate . They contain acid that can air mattresses, balls, etc. burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. 2. Remove the tire sealant canister (1) and the . They contain enough compressor (2). electricity to burn you. To store the tire sealant and If you do not follow these steps compressor kit, reverse the steps. exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (64,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-64 Vehicle Care
3. Good Battery Positive Post { Caution 4. Good Battery Negative Post { Caution Ignoring these steps could result The jump start positive post is in the If the other vehicle does not have in costly damage to the vehicle engine compartment on the driver a 12-volt system with a negative that would not be covered by the side of the vehicle. See Engine ground, both vehicles can be vehicle warranty. Trying to start Compartment Overview on damaged. Only use a vehicle that the vehicle by pushing or pulling it page 10-6. has a 12-volt system with a will not work, and it could damage The jump start negative post is the negative ground for jump starting. the vehicle. engine block or an engine mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as far away 2. Position the two vehicles so that from the discharged battery as they are not touching. possible. 3. Set the parking brake firmly and The jump start positive post and put the shift lever in P (Park) negative post are on the battery of with an automatic transmission, the vehicle providing the jump start. or Neutral with a manual The positive jump start connection transmission. See Shifting Into for the discharged battery is under a Park on page 9-18 with an trim cover. Open the cover to automatic transmission, expose the post. or Parking on page 9-20 with a These locations are used instead of manual transmission. a direct connection to the battery. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must 1. Discharged Battery Negative have a 12-volt battery with a Grounding Point negative ground system. 2. Discharged Battery Positive Post Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (65,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-65
5. Connect one end of the { Caution { Warning red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) post (2) on the If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can discharged battery. plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode. starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this, 6. Connect the other end of the damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded. red positive (+) cable to the be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need positive (+) post (3) of the warranty. Whenever possible, turn more light. good battery. 7. Connect one end of the off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that black negative ( ) cable to the either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on – negative (–) post (4) of the you. If you accidentally get it in good battery. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. your eyes or on your skin, flush Turn off all lights and the place with water and get 8. Connect the other end of the accessories in both vehicles, medical help immediately. black negative (–) cable to the except the hazard warning negative (–) grounding point (1) flashers if needed. for the discharged battery. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle { Warning { Warning with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at Fans or other moving engine An electric fan can start up even least four minutes. when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep 10. Try to start the vehicle that had and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. the dead battery. If it will not clothing and tools away from any start after a few tries, it underhood electric fan. probably needs service. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (66,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-66 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle { Caution Towing the Vehicle Towing If the jumper cables are { Caution Recreational vehicle towing refers to connected or removed in the towing the vehicle behind another wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle, such as behind a motor may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The home. The two most common types vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by of recreational vehicle towing are covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. known as dinghy towing and dolly Always connect and remove the towing. Dinghy towing is towing the jumper cables in the correct order, Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed vehicle with all four wheels on the making sure that the cables do car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. ground. Dolly towing is towing the not touch each other or other If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the vehicle with two wheels on the metal. drive wheels cannot contact the ground and two wheels up on a road while the vehicle is being device known as a dolly. Jumper Cable Removal towed. A wheel dolly must be used to lift all drive wheels off the ground. Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables. Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (67,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-67
Here are some important things to Dinghy Towing (with Automatic Vehicles with an automatic consider before recreational vehicle Transmission) transmission should not be towed towing: with all four wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly . The towing capacity of the towing vehicle. Be sure to read should be used. See "Dolly Towing" the tow vehicle manufacturer's later in this section. recommendations. Dinghy Towing (with Manual . How far the vehicle will be Transmission) towed. Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. . The proper towing equipment. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations. { Caution . If the vehicle is ready to be If the vehicle is towed with all four towed. Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure wheels on the ground, the the vehicle is prepared to be drivetrain components could be towed. damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle To dinghy tow the vehicle from the warranty. Do not tow the vehicle front with all four wheels on the with all four wheels on the ground: ground. 1. Position the vehicle to tow and then secure it to the towing vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (68,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-68 Vehicle Care
2. Shift the transmission to Neutral. 2. Shift the automatic transmission { Caution 3. Turn the ignition to ACC/ into P (Park) or a manual transmission into 1 (First) gear. ACCESSORY. Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs 3. Set the parking brake. { Caution would not be covered by the 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a vehicle warranty. Never have the straight-ahead position with a If 113 km/h (70 mph) is exceeded vehicle towed from the rear. clamping device designed for while towing the vehicle, it could towing. be damaged. Never exceed 113 km/h (70 mph) while towing Dolly Towing 5. Remove the key from the the vehicle. ignition. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 7. Release the parking brake.
To tow the vehicle with the two rear wheels on the ground and the front wheels on a dolly: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (69,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-69
Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Exterior Care products can be obtained from your dealer. Follow all Locks manufacturer directions regarding Locks are lubricated at the factory. correct product usage, necessary Use a de-icing agent only when safety precautions, and absolutely necessary, and have the appropriate disposal of any locks greased after using. See vehicle care product. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12. Washing the Vehicle { Caution { Caution To preserve the vehicle's finish, Avoid using high-pressure Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use would not be covered by the of power washers exceeding vehicle warranty. Never have the { Caution 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result vehicle towed from the rear. Do not use petroleum-based, in damage or removal of paint acidic, or abrasive cleaning and decals. agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic The e symbol is on any parts. If damage occurs, it would underhood compartment electrical not be covered by the vehicle center that should not be power warranty. Approved cleaning (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (70,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-70 Vehicle Care
washed. This could cause damage calcium chloride and other salts, ice that would not be covered by the melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Caution (Continued) vehicle warranty. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from may damage it. Use only If using an automatic car wash, industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they non-abrasive waxes and polishes follow the car wash instructions. The that are made for a basecoat/ windshield wiper and rear window remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. clearcoat paint finish on the wiper, if equipped, must be off. vehicle. Remove any accessories that may If necessary, use non-abrasive be damaged or interfere with the car cleaners that are marked safe for wash equipment. painted surfaces to remove foreign To keep the paint finish looking new, matter. keep the vehicle garaged or Rinse the vehicle well, before covered whenever possible. washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove Protecting Exterior Bright Metal are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See Moldings they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning products. Dry the finish with a soft, clean { Caution chamois or an all-cotton towel to Do not apply waxes or polishes to avoid surface scratches and water uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Failure to clean and protect the spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint bright metal moldings can result as damage can occur. in a hazy white finish or pitting. Finish Care This damage would not be Application of aftermarket clearcoat { Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. sealant/wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces Machine compounding or are damaged, see your dealer to aggressive polishing on a have the damage assessed and basecoat/clearcoat paint finish repaired. Foreign materials such as (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (71,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-71
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or vehicle are aluminum or stainless Lenses, Emblems, Decals and covers while the lamps are steel. To prevent damage always Stripes illuminated, due to excessive follow these cleaning instructions: heat generated. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a . Be sure the molding is cool to soft cloth, and a car washing soap { Caution the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses, cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow Failure to clean lamps properly . Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the can cause damage to the lamp approved for aluminum or Vehicle" previously in this section. cover that would not be covered stainless steel. Some cleaners Lamp covers are made of plastic, by the vehicle warranty. are highly acidic or contain and some have a UV protective alkaline substances and can coating. Do not clean or wipe them damage the moldings. when dry. { Caution . Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on cleaner according to the lamp covers: Using wax on low gloss black manufacturer’s instructions. . Abrasive or caustic agents. finish stripes can increase the . Do not use chrome cleaners. gloss level and create a . Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low . Do not use cleaners that are not agents in higher concentrations intended for automotive use. gloss stripes with soap and than suggested by the water only. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the manufacturer. vehicle after washing to protect . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, and extend the molding finish. or other harsh cleaners. Air Intakes . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield when washing the vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (72,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-72 Vehicle Care
Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended { Caution Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants on with glass cleaner. page 11-12. Chrome wheels and other chrome Clean rubber blades using a lint-free trim may be damaged if the cloth or paper towel soaked with Tires vehicle is not washed after driving windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to on roads that have been sprayed detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires. with magnesium, calcium, thoroughly when cleaning the or sodium chloride. These blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and { Caution chlorides are used on roads for a buildup of vehicle wash/wax conditions such as ice and dust. treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire Always wash the chrome with streaking. dressing products on the vehicle soap and water after exposure. Replace the wiper blades if they are may damage the paint finish and/ worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire caused by extreme dusty dressing, always wipe off any { Caution conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, overspray from all painted snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle. To avoid surface damage, do not Weatherstrips use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, Apply Dielectric silicone grease on Wheels and Trim — Aluminum or Chrome brushes, or cleaners that weatherstrips to make them last contain acid on aluminum or longer, seal better, and not stick or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels. Use only squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at soap and water to clean the wheels. approved cleaners. Also, never least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean drive a vehicle with aluminum or may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel. chrome-plated wheels through an application. Black marks from A wax may then be applied. rubber material on painted surfaces (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (73,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-73
Applying silicone grease on Finish Damage Caution (Continued) weatherstrips with a clean cloth will Quickly repair minor chips and make them last longer, seal better, scratches with touch-up materials automatic car wash that uses and not stick or squeak. silicone carbide tire cleaning available from your dealer to avoid brushes. Damage could occur Underbody Maintenance corrosion. Larger areas of finish and the repairs would not be damage can be corrected in your At least twice a year, spring and fall dealer's body and paint shop. covered by the vehicle warranty. use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the Chemical Paint Spotting underbody. Take care to thoroughly Steering, Suspension, and Airborne pollutants can fall upon clean any areas where mud and Chassis Components and attack painted vehicle surfaces other debris can collect. Visually inspect steering, causing blotchy, ring-shaped suspension, and chassis Sheet Metal Damage discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint components for damaged, loose, If the vehicle is damaged and or missing parts or signs of wear at surface. See “Finish Care” requires sheet metal repair or previously in this section. least once a year. replacement, make sure the body Inspect power steering for proper repair shop applies anti-corrosion Interior Care hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, material to parts repaired or chafing, etc. replaced to restore corrosion To prevent dirt particle abrasions, protection. regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Visually check constant velocity joint Immediately remove any soils. Note boots and axle seals for leaks. Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion that newspapers or dark garments Body Component Lubrication protection while maintaining the that can transfer color to home vehicle warranty. furnishings can also permanently Lubricate all key lock cylinders, transfer color to the vehicle's hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel interior. fuel door hinge, unless the components are plastic. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (74,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-74 Vehicle Care
Use a soft bristle brush to remove To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass dust from knobs and crevices on the the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric instrument cluster. Using a mild cleaners or techniques: dampened with water. Wipe droplets soap solution, immediately remove . Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be repellent from all interior surfaces or from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning permanent damage may result. . Never use a brush with stiff the interior glass with plain water. Your dealer may have products for bristles. cleaning the interior. Use cleaners { Caution specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive To prevent scratching, never use permanent damage. Apply all pressure. abrasive cleaners on automotive cleaners directly to the cleaning . Do not use laundry detergents or glass. Abrasive cleaners or cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly dishwashing soaps with aggressive cleaning may damage on any switches or controls. degreasers. For liquid cleaners, the rear window defogger. Cleaners should be removed use approximately 20 drops per quickly. Never allow cleaners to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. remain on the surface being A concentrated soap solution will Cleaning the windshield with water cleaned for extended periods leave a residue that creates during the first three to six months of time. streaks and attracts dirt. Do not of ownership will reduce tendency to fog. Cleaners may contain solvents that use solutions that contain strong can become concentrated in the or caustic soap. Speaker Covers interior. Before using cleaners, read . Do not heavily saturate the Vacuum around a speaker cover and adhere to all safety instructions upholstery when cleaning. on the label. While cleaning the gently, so that the speaker will not interior, maintain adequate . Do not use solvents or cleaners be damaged. Clean spots with just ventilation by opening the doors containing solvents. water and mild soap. and windows. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (75,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-75
Coated Moldings To clean: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before Coated moldings should be cleaned. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery . When lightly soiled, wipe with a Microfiber cloth is recommended cleaner or spot lifter. If ring sponge or soft lint-free cloth to prevent lint transfer to the formation occurs, clean the entire dampened with water. fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. . When heavily soiled, use warm 2. Remove excess moisture by Following the cleaning process, a soapy water. gently wringing until water does paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. Fabric/Carpet/Suede not drip from the cleaning cloth. Start by vacuuming the surface 3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces using a soft brush attachment. If a soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and rotating brush attachment is being center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays used during vacuuming, only use it a clean area frequently to For vehicles with high gloss on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, prevent forcing the soil in to the surfaces or vehicle displays, use a gently remove as much of the soil fabric. microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. as possible using one of the 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the following techniques: soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle . Gently blot liquids with a paper longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could towel. Continue blotting until no the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the more soil can be removed. 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners . removed, use a mild soap For solid soils, remove as much or solvents. Periodically hand wash as possible prior to vacuuming. solution followed only by plain water. the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach If the soil is not completely or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use. use a commercial upholstery Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (76,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-76 Vehicle Care
{ Caution Caution (Continued) { Caution
Do not attach a device with a may cause permanent damage. Use of air fresheners may cause suction cup to the display. This Wipe excess moisture from these permanent damage to plastics may cause damage and would surfaces after cleaning and allow and painted surfaces. If an air not be covered by the warranty. them to dry naturally. Never use freshener comes in contact with heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot any plastic or painted surface in Instrument Panel, Leather, removers. Do not use cleaners the vehicle, blot immediately and that contain silicone or wax-based clean with a soft cloth dampened Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, products. Cleaners containing with a mild soap solution. Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and these solvents can permanently Damage caused by air fresheners Natural Open Pore Wood change the appearance and feel would not be covered by the Surfaces of leather or soft trim and are not vehicle warranty. Use a soft microfiber cloth recommended. dampened with water to remove Cargo Cover and dust and loose dirt. For a more Do not use cleaners that increase thorough cleaning, use a soft Convenience Net gloss, especially on the instrument microfiber cloth dampened with a panel. Reflected glare can decrease Wash with warm water and mild mild soap solution. visibility through the windshield detergent. Do not use chlorine under certain conditions. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and { Caution then dry completely.
Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, (Continued) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (77,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Vehicle Care 10-77
Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the proper floor mat usage: Keep belts clean and dry. Floor Mats . The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the floor mat { Warning mats were designed for your to unlock each retainer and remove. vehicle. If the floor mats need Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the pedals. Always soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Do not use a floor mat if the Floor Mats vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver { Warning side floor. . Use the floor mat with the If a floor mat is the wrong size or correct side up. Do not turn Reinstall by lining up the floor mat is not properly installed, it can it over. retainer openings over the carpet interfere with the pedals. retainers and snap into position. Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. and/or increased stopping . Use only a single floor mat on distance which can cause a crash the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not and injury. Make sure the floor interfere with the pedals. . Do not place one floor mat on mat does not interfere with the top of another. pedals. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (78,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
10-78 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
General Information technicians, the dealer is the place Service and for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Your vehicle is an important changes and tire rotations and investment. This section describes additional maintenance items like the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades. General Information ...... 11-1 protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or { Caution Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 also help to maintain the value of Damage caused by improper the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services maintenance can lead to costly responsibility of the owner to have repairs and may not be covered Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 by the vehicle warranty. Your dealer has trained technicians Maintenance intervals, checks, Additional Maintenance who can perform required inspections, recommended fluids, and Care maintenance using genuine and lubricants are important to Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have keep the vehicle in good working and Care ...... 11-9 up-to-date tools and equipment for condition. fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy The Tire Rotation and Required Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online Services are the responsibility of the Lubricants ...... 11-12 scheduling to assist with service vehicle owner. It is recommended to Maintenance Replacement needs. have your dealer perform these Parts ...... 11-13 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Your dealer recognizes the Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Maintenance Records importance of providing keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records ...... 11-14 competitively priced maintenance condition, improves fuel economy, and repair services. With trained and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use . Frequently towing a trailer. Maintenance vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Used for high speed or There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule frequent checks and services. The . Additional Required Services - Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services service. Normal are for vehicles that: At Each Fuel Stop . Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional . Check the engine oil level. See within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10-7. the Tire and Loading Information Required Services - Severe chart. label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month on page 9-9. { Warning . Check the tire inflation . Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on page 10-41. surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10-47. Fuel on page 9-34. required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer Refer to the information in the and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on Maintenance Schedule Additional If they are not, see your dealer to page 10-18. Required Services - Normal chart. have a trained technician do the work. See Doing Your Own The Additional Required Services - Service Work on page 10-3. Severe are for vehicles that are: . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather. . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous terrain. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-3
Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required . Visually inspect windshield wiper blades for wear, cracking, : Services Every 12 000 km/ When the % CHANGE DIC 7,500 mi or contamination. See Exterior message displays, have the engine Care on page 10-69. Replace oil and filter changed within the next Rotate the tires, if recommended for worn or damaged wiper blades. 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the the vehicle, and perform the See Wiper Blade Replacement best conditions, the engine oil life following services. See Tire on page 10-23. Rotation on page 10-47. system may not indicate the need . Check tire inflation pressures. for vehicle service for up to a year. . Check engine oil level and oil See Tire Pressure on The engine oil and filter must be life percentage. If needed, page 10-41. changed at least once a year and change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect tire wear. See Tire the oil life system must be reset. reset oil life system. See Engine Inspection on page 10-47. Your trained dealer technician can Oil on page 10-7 and Engine Oil perform this work. If the engine oil Life System on page 10-9. . Visually check for fluid leaks. life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/ . Check engine coolant level. See . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. 3,000 mi since the last service. Engine Coolant on page 10-13. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10-11. Reset the oil life system when the . Check windshield washer fluid oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life level. See Washer Fluid on . Inspect brake system. System on page 10-9. page 10-18. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-4 Service and Maintenance
. Visually inspect steering, . Check automatic transmission . Visually inspect gas strut for suspension, and chassis shift lock control function. See signs of wear, cracks, or other components for damaged, loose, Automatic Transmission Shift damage. Check the hold open or missing parts or signs of Lock Control Function Check on ability of the strut. See your wear. See Exterior Care on page 10-22. dealer if service is required. page 10-69. . Check ignition transmission lock. . Check tire sealant expiration . Check restraint system See Ignition Transmission Lock date. See Tire Sealant and components. See Safety System Check on page 10-22. Compressor Kit on page 10-55. Check on page 3-15. . Check parking brake and . Visually inspect fuel system for automatic transmission park damage or leaks. mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check on . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for page 10-22. loose or damaged parts. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care on page 10-69. Replace if needed. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check on page 10-21. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Check water pump/generator belt for proper @ tension and wear. (5)(6) Check A/C compressor belt for wear. (5) @ Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7) @ @ @ Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Inspect for fraying, excessive Schedule Additional Required cracking, or damage. Services - Normal (6) Inspect for fraying, excessive (1) Or every two years, whichever cracking, or damage. Check belt comes first. More frequent tension and replace if needed. replacement may be needed if the See your dealer. vehicle is driven in areas with heavy (7) Or every three years, whichever traffic, areas with poor air quality, comes first. or areas with high dust levels. Replacement may also be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, excessive window fogging, or odors. (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on page 10-12. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Check water pump/generator belt for proper @ tension and wear. (5)(6) Check A/C compressor belt for wear. (5) @ Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7) @ @ @ Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Inspect for fraying, excessive Special Application Schedule Additional Required cracking, or damage. Services - Severe (6) Inspect for fraying, excessive Services (1) Or every two years, whichever cracking, or damage. Check belt . Severe Commercial Use comes first. More frequent tension and replace if needed. See Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis replacement may be needed if the your dealer. components every 5 000 km/ vehicle is driven in areas with heavy (7) Or every three years, whichever 3,000 mi. traffic, areas with poor air quality, comes first. . Have underbody flushing service or areas with high dust levels. performed. See "Underbody Replacement may also be needed if Maintenance" in Exterior Care there is a reduction in air flow, on page 10-69. excessive window fogging, or odors. (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on page 10-12. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Additional Battery Brakes The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. additional electrical accessories. Your vehicle is an important . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. perform these services — their corrosion-free. trained dealer technicians know Fluids your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and vehicle may need attention. Lubricants on page 11-12 for . Trained dealer technicians have The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment GM approved fluids. explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Trained dealer technicians can . Signs of wear may include With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing tire wear. services to ensure smooth Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds. Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. to light, cracking, or damage. available from your dealer. For The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and protect the vehicle’s interior and checked periodically to ensure Tires need to be properly inflated, that they light when braking. exterior, see Interior Care on rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10-73 and Exterior Care on . With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money and fuel, page 10-69. your dealer can check the lamps and can reduce the risk of tire and note any concerns. failure. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber. handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper replace them when needed. wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved engine oil. See Engine Oil on page 10-7. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10-13. Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in Canada 19299571). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Automatic Transmission ACDelco CVT Fluid (Part No. 19260800, in Canada 19299096). Manual Transmission 75W-85 Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88862472, in Canada 88862473). Hood Latch Assembly, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) Secondary Latch, Pivots, Spring or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Anchor, and Release Pawl Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Door Hinges Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96910360 A3193C Engine Oil Filter 96985730 PF68 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271190 CF181 Spark Plugs 25190786 41–127 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 95108156 — Passenger Side – 40 cm (15.7 in) 95108153 — Rear 96688389 — Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 4.8 L 5.0 qt Engine Oil with Filter 3.8 L 4.0 qt Fuel Tank 35 L 9 gal Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 1.2L L4 9 Automatic and Manual 0.8 mm (0.031 in) Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Drive Belt Routing Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
12-4 Technical Data
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-12 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-13 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-13 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text Privacy resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 13-13 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-5 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 OnStar® ...... 13-15 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-5 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 13-7 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-7 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-8 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Identification (RFID) ...... 13-12 of your dealership or the general Radio Frequency manager. Statement ...... 13-12 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800–222–1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Assistance Center claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170 the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170 an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020 designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs)) you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance: decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872 about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands: impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994 over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-4 Customer Information
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View and the U.S. can communicate with General Motors of Canada Limited print dealer-recorded service Chevrolet by dialing: Customer Care Centre, records and self-recorded service 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Mail Code: CA1-163-005 records. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center Information): Select a preferred www.gm.ca dealer and view dealer location, 1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking 1-800-263-3830 (For Text The Chevrolet online owner Information): Track the vehicle’s Telephone devices (TTYs)) experience is a one-stop resource warranty information. Roadside Assistance: that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet and keeps important View active recalls by Vehicle Overseas vehicle-specific information in Identification Number (VIN). See one place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Please contact the local General on page 12-1. Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information): E (Vehicle Information): View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Customer Assistance for Download owner manuals and view radio (if equipped), and OnStar vehicle-specific how-to videos. Text Telephone (TTY) account information. Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live View maintenance schedules, To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives. alerts, OnStar onboard vehicle hard of hearing, or speech-impaired diagnostic information, and Visit my.chevrolet.com to register and who use Text Telephones schedule service appointments. your vehicle. (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-5
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has (Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner for details. TTY users call Centre: 1-800-263-3830. . Chat live with online help representatives. Roadside Assistance . Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program . Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone . Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles, warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. required for the vehicle, such as . Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. galleries organized into the Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, call the GM Mobility Assistance . Download the owner manual for have the following information Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text your vehicle, quickly and easily. ready: Telephone (TTY) users, call . Find the 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number. maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your vehicle. location. . Location of the vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-6 Customer Information
. Model, year, color, and license driver if they decide the claims are must be in good condition and plate number of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of properly inflated. It is the owner's . Odometer reading, Vehicle claim is made many times. responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not Identification Number (VIN), and Services Provided delivery date of the vehicle. covered by the warranty. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Description of the problem. . Battery Jump Start: Service to Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery. Coverage vehicle to get to the nearest service station. Services Not Included in Services are provided up to 5 years/ Roadside Assistance 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever . Lock-Out Service: Service to comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are . Impound towing caused by locked out. A remote unlock may violation of any laws. In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have OnStar. . Legal fines. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For security reasons, the driver person driving the vehicle without must present identification . Mounting, dismounting, permission from the owner is not before this service is given. or changing of snow tires, covered. chains, or other traction devices. . Emergency Tow from a Public Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the Service is not provided if a vehicle the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Chevrolet dealer for is in an area that is not accessible General Motors North America and warranty service, or if the vehicle to the service vehicle or is not a Chevrolet reserve the right to make was in a crash and cannot be regularly traveled or maintained any changes or discontinue the driven. Assistance is not given public road, which includes ice and Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in the winter roads. Off-road use is not any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow. covered. General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to Chevrolet reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with the spare services or payment to an owner or tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-7
Services Specific to permission to get local safety related. If it is, please call Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will your dealership, let them know this, receive payment, up to $100, and ask for instructions. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel to Roadside Assistance. delivery may be restricted. the vehicle for service, you are Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work Propane and other fuels are not covered, however any cost for provided through this service. day as possible to allow for parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the registration is required. owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation . Trip Interruption Benefits and Program Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service 150 kilometers from where your Appointments To enhance your ownership trip was started to qualify. experience, we and our participating When the vehicle requires warranty General Motors of Canada dealers are proud to offer Courtesy service, contact your dealer and Limited requires Transportation, a customer support request an appointment. By pre-authorization, original program for vehicles with the scheduling a service appointment detailed receipts, and a copy of Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and advising the service consultant the repair orders. Once Coverage period in Canada), of your transportation needs, your authorization has been received, extended powertrain, and/or dealer can help minimize your the Roadside Assistance advisor hybrid-specific warranties in both inconvenience. will help to make arrangements the U.S. and Canada. and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation payment. into the service department options are available to assist in immediately, keep driving it until it . Alternative Service: If reducing inconvenience when can be scheduled for service, assistance cannot be provided warranty repairs are required. unless, of course, the problem is right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-8 Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. It may not be possible to provide a part of the New Vehicle Limited customers arrange their own like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel Additional Program Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim Information furnished with each new vehicle amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle provides detailed warranty coverage and be supported by original service, may not be available at information. receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer information. Transportation Options for specific availability. Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to Warranty service can generally be unilaterally modify, change, completed while you wait. However, For an overnight warranty repair, the or discontinue Courtesy if you are unable to do so, your dealer may provide an available Transportation at any time and to dealer may offer the following courtesy rental vehicle or provide for resolve all questions of claim transportation options: reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and Shuttle Service be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its sole discretion. This includes one-way or round-trip well as a signed and completed shuttle service within reasonable rental agreement and meet state/ time and distance parameters of provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair your dealer's area. provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the Public Transportation or Fuel minimum age requirements, Reimbursement damage repaired by a qualified insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper If overnight warranty repairs are Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement needed, and public transportation is charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision used, the expense must be excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale supported by original receipts and beyond the completion of the repair within the maximum amount allowed are also your responsibility. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-9
value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts center that has GM-trained be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New technicians and comparable collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment. related failures are not covered by Collision Parts that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine GM Collision parts are new Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM parts made with the same materials available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and and construction methods as the companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There parts with which the vehicle was not have been tested for the vehicle. are significant differences in the originally built. Genuine GM As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms. ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs by using New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. parts are typically removed from When purchasing insurance, we vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-10 Customer Information
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and Repair Process insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number. Genuine GM Original Equipment In the event that the vehicle requires Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends Genuine Manufacturer replacement that you take an active role in its . Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number. you may be charged at the end of repair facility of choice, take the the lease for poor quality repairs. . Vehicle license plate number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any . Vehicle make, model, and If a Crash Occurs required replacement collision parts model year. be original equipment parts, either If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember, leave the scene of a crash until all recycled parts will not be covered by matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy the GM vehicle warranty. Move the vehicle only if its position number. puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair, instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. officer. Depending on your policy limits, Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this aftermarket parts. Discuss this with in the crash. section. the repair professional, and insist on For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember, Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be page 13-5. Inflates? on page 3-22. obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-11
If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Models company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and Technical Service Bulletins and you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. Manuals are available for current repair valuation based on that and past model GM vehicles. insurance company's collision policy Owner Information repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written ORDER TOLL FREE: contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. For Credit Card Orders Only long as the cost stays within The Owner Manual includes the (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. models. Or write to: Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated Manual. Attention: Customer Service Service Manuals 47911 Halyard Drive RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – Plymouth, MI 48170 Service Manuals have the diagnosis $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and and repair information on the shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without engines, transmission, axle, notice and without incurring suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for steering, body, etc. RETAIL SELL PRICE: delivery. Service Bulletins $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in shipping fees. U.S. funds. Make checks payable Service Bulletins give additional in U.S. funds. technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-12 Customer Information
Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Reporting Safety Identification (RFID) Statement Defects RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects pressure monitoring and ignition complies with Part 15/Part 18 of to the United States system security, as well as in the Federal Communications connection with conveniences such Commission (FCC) rules and with Government as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle transmitters for remote door locking/ RSS-GEN/210/220/310. has a defect which could cause unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following a crash or could cause injury or in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: door openers. RFID technology in death, you should immediately GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause inform the National Highway personal information or link with any harmful interference. Traffic Safety Administration other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any (NHTSA) in addition to notifying personal information. interference received, including General Motors. interference that may cause If NHTSA receives similar undesired operation of the complaints, it may open an device. investigation, and if it finds that Changes or modifications to any of a safety defect exists in a group these systems by other than an of vehicles, it may order a recall authorized service facility could void and remedy campaign. authorization to use this equipment. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (13,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-13
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 80 rue Noel Recording and (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Reporting Safety Defects The vehicle has a number of to General Motors computers that record information Administrator, NHTSA about the vehicle’s performance and 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to this, notify General Motors. monitor and control engine and You can also obtain other Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: transmission performance, to information about motor monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer crash, and, if equipped, to provide Assistance Center antilock braking to help the driver Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules to the Canadian Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle. Government In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Some modules may also store data If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write: about how the vehicle is operated, believe that the vehicle has a safety such as rate of fuel consumption or General Motors of Canada Limited defect, notify Transport Canada average speed. These modules may Customer Care Centre, immediately, and notify General retain personal preferences, such as Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Motors of Canada Limited. radio presets, seat positions, and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Call Transport Canada at temperature settings. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 1-800-333-0510 or write to: Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (14,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-14 Customer Information
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access this data or better understanding of the share it with others except: with the This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are if the vehicle is leased, with the main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a consent of the lessee; in response record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no to an official request by police or crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under similar government office; as part of bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no GM's defense of litigation through obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender, the discovery process; or, as understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are required by law. Data that GM systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties, collects or receives may also be designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could used for GM research needs or may vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type be made available to others for systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data research purposes, where a need is typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. record such data as: To read data recorded by an EDR, . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is . Whether or not the driver and needed. In addition to the vehicle passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as buckled/fastened; law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the . How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR. or brake pedal; and, . How fast the vehicle was traveling. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (15,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
Customer Information 13-15
OnStar® If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar® and has an active subscription, additional data may be collected through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features; and, in certain situations, the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (16,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
13-16 Customer Information
2 NOTES Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
OnStar 14-1
OnStar Overview vehicle, including location OnStar information. See OnStar’s Terms and Conditions and Privacy OnStar Overview Statement for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar Services www.onstar.ca (Canada). Emergency ...... 14-2 The OnStar system status light is Security ...... 14-3 next to the OnStar buttons. If the Navigation ...... 14-3 = Voice Command Button status light is: Connections ...... 14-4 Q Blue OnStar Button Vehicle Diagnostics ...... 14-6 . Solid Green: System is on. > Emergency Button . OnStar Additional Information Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Red: Indicates a problem. Information ...... 14-6 comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to a live OnStar . Off: System is off. Press the blue Advisor for Emergency, Security, OnStar button twice to speak Navigation, Connection, and with an OnStar Advisor. Diagnostic Services. OnStar Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR services may require a paid (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an subscription. OnStar requires the Advisor. vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS Press = to: satellite signals to be available and . operating. OnStar acts as a link to Make a call, end a call, existing public emergency service or answer an incoming call. providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling information about you and your voice commands. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
14-2 OnStar
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Press > to get a priority connection Navigation voice commands. OnStar Services to an OnStar Emergency Advisor Requires a specific OnStar available 24/7 to: subscription plan. Emergency . Get help for an emergency. . Obtain the WiFi network name, With Automatic Crash Response, or Service Set Identifier or SSID, . Be a Good Samaritan or the OnStar system can and passphrase (if equipped). respond to an AMBER Alert. automatically connect to an OnStar Emergency Advisor. The built-in . Get assistance in severe Press Q to connect to a live system can automatically connect to Advisor to: weather or other crisis and evacuation routes. help in certain crashes. . Verify account information or Press > to connect to an OnStar update contact information. Emergency Advisor. GPS . Get driving directions. Requires technology is used to identify the a specific OnStar vehicle location and can provide subscription plan. important information to emergency . Receive On-Demand personnel. OnStar Emergency Diagnostics for a check of the Advisors are trained to provide vehicle’s key operating systems. assistance and link to existing public emergency service providers . Receive Roadside Assistance. in emergency situations. . Manage WiFi Settings (if With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially equipped). trained Crisis Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information if a crisis occurs. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
OnStar 14-3
Security 4. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds commands. with the last direction given, then OnStar provides services including responds with “OnStar ready,” Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Using Voice Commands then a tone. Ignition Block, and Roadside During a Planned Route Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can Get My Destination unlock the vehicle doors remotely, Cancel Route 1. Press =. System responds: if equipped with automatic door = 1. Press . System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. locks, and can help police locate the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicle if it is stolen. Say “Cancel route.” System 2. Say “Get my destination.” System responds with the responds: “Do you want to Navigation cancel directions?” address and the distance to the destination, then responds with OnStar navigation requires a 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. specific OnStar subscription plan. “OK, request completed, thank Q you, goodbye.” Other Navigation Services Press to receive directions or Available from OnStar have them sent to the vehicle Route Preview navigation screen, if equipped. = OnStar eNav: Subscribers can Destinations can also be forwarded 1. Press . System responds: send destinations from to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. MapQuest.com to the vehicle 2. Say “Route preview.” System Turn-by-Turn Navigation or Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three screen-based navigation system (if equipped). When ready, the 1. Press Q to connect to a live maneuvers. directions will be downloaded to the Advisor. Repeat vehicle. 2. Request directions. 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Directions are downloaded to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
14-4 OnStar
Destination Download: Press Q, WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped) pressure (if the vehicle is equipped then request the Advisor to The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that with the tire pressure monitoring download directions to the provides a high-speed, wireless system); or activate remote horn navigation system in the vehicle (if Internet connection to connect and lights. Also remote start the equipped). After the call ends, press multiple mobile devices (data plan vehicle (if factory equipped) or the “Go” button on the navigation required). unlock the doors from anywhere screen to begin driving directions. with a wireless connection (if 1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot equipped with automatic locks). If directions are downloaded to the information, press = and select With a required specific OnStar navigation system, the route can or say “WiFi settings.” subscription plan, a destination can only be canceled through the be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar navigation system. 2. The WiFi settings will display the RemoteLink information and WiFi network name/SSID, Destinations can also be compatibility, see www.onstar.com passphrase, and level of (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). downloaded on the go. For encryption. information about eNav or ® 3. To change the SSID or OnStar RemoteLink Key Fob Destination Download, see Services www.onstar.com (U.S.) or passphrase, press Q or call www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect This feature is included for five with an Advisor. years and allows for remote door Connections lock/unlock (if equipped with OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App automatic locks), remote start (if The required specific Onstar (If Equipped) factory equipped), or activation of subscription plan includes the Download the OnStar RemoteLink horn and lights from anywhere with services that follow to help mobile app to select Apple®, a wireless signal. Download the app customers stay connected. Android™, and BlackBerry® or and start using it any time during the For coverage maps, see Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices. trial period to get started. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or From the mobile device, check the www.onstar.ca (Canada). vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds: 4. Pick a name tag. System OK, dialing 911. responds: About to store
14-6 OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, other major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If an account information. all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For On-Demand Diagnostics check is Selling/Transferring the needed, press Q, and an Advisor more information, a full description Vehicle of OnStar services, system can run a check. Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately limitations, and OnStar terms and to terminate your OnStar services if conditions: the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR transferred, or if the lease ends. (1-888-466-7827). Reactivation for Subsequent . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Owners . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Press Q and follow the prompts to . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. speak to an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update . Press Q to speak with an vehicle records and explain the Advisor. OnStar service options available. OnStar services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
OnStar 14-7
in that area. The wireless service Services for People with OnStar Personal Identification provider must also have coverage, Disabilities Number (PIN) network capacity, reception, and technology compatible with OnStar Advisors provide services to help A PIN is needed to access some of services. Service involving location subscribers with physical disabilities the OnStar services, like Remote information about the vehicle cannot and medical conditions. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Assistance. The PIN will need to be work unless GPS signals are Press Q for help with: available, unobstructed, and changed the first time when compatible with the OnStar . Locating a gas station with an speaking with an Advisor. To hardware. OnStar services may not attendant to pump gas. change the OnStar PIN, contact an Q work if the OnStar equipment is not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Advisor by pressing or properly installed or it has not been that meets accessibility needs. calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR. properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, . Providing directions to the Warranty or modified, OnStar services may closest hospital or pharmacy in OnStar equipment may be not work. Other problems beyond urgent situations. warranted as part of the vehicle the control of OnStar may prevent TTY Users warranty. service such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to Languages design and architecture of the communicate to deaf, The vehicle can be programmed to vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired respond in multiple languages. customers while in the vehicle. crash, or wireless phone network Press Q and ask for an Advisor. congestion or jamming. The available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle Advisors are available in English, See Radio Frequency Statement on access to all of the OnStar services, Spanish, and French. Available page 13-12. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar languages may vary by country. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
14-8 OnStar
Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can to function properly. These systems cause loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment been off continuously for five days. vehicle is driven into an open area. After five days, OnStar can contact The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the Roadside Assistance and a Cellular and GPS Antennas locksmith to help gain access to vehicle. Do not add any electrical the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the equipment. See Add-On Electrical antenna to prevent blocking cellular Equipment on page 9-38. Added Global Positioning and GPS signal reception. Cellular electrical equipment may interfere System (GPS) reception is required for OnStar to with the operation of the OnStar send remote signals to the vehicle. system and cause it to not operate. . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy buildings; in parking garages; Message The complete OnStar Privacy around airports; in tunnels, Statement may be found at underpasses; or in an area with If there is limited cellular coverage www.onstar.com (U.S.), very dense trees. If GPS signals or the cellular network has reached or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We are not available, the OnStar maximum capacity, this message recommend that you review it. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the If you have any questions, call call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area. the exact location. or press Q to speak with an Vehicle and Power Issues Advisor. Users of wireless . In emergency situations, OnStar OnStar services require a vehicle communications are cautioned that can use the last stored GPS electrical system, wireless service, the privacy of any information sent location to send to emergency and GPS satellite technologies to be via wireless cellular communications responders. available and operating for features cannot be assured. Third parties Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
OnStar 14-9
may unlawfully intercept or access hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software transmissions and private above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of communications without consent. permission notice appear in all the copyright holder. copies. OnStar - software unzip: THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED acknowledgements This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF Certain OnStar components include ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. libcurl and unzip software and other IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT The definitive version of this third party software. Below are the LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES document should be available notices and licenses associated OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ with libcurl and unzip and for other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely. third party software please see AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. http://www.lg.com/global/support/ THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO All rights reserved. opensource/index and EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR For the purposes of this copyright https://www.onstar.com/web/portal/ COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE getdocuments and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, the following set of individuals: libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, NOTICE OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Daniel Stenberg, WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
14-10 OnStar
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations), Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. of a standard UnZipSFX binary Such altered versions are This software is provided “as is,” without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a further prohibited from express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the addresses or of the incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not Info-ZIP URL(s). damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use disabled. inability to use this software. the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports and “MacZip” for its own source and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, and binary releases. freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static restrictions: library versions–must be plainly marked as such and must not be 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be this list of conditions. misrepresented as being 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but (compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (1,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Appearance Care What Will You See after an Exterior ...... 10-69 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-22 Interior ...... 10-73 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Armrest Accessory Power ...... 9-18 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Front Seat ...... 3-5 Add-On Electrical Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-19 Assistance Program, Equipment ...... 9-38 Airbags Roadside ...... 13-5 Additional Information Adding Equipment to the Audio System OnStar® ...... 14-6 Vehicle ...... 3-28 Radio Reception ...... 7-15 Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . 5-11 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 and Care ...... 11-9 Readiness Light ...... 5-11 Automatic Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-11 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Door Locks ...... 2-7 Air Filter, Passenger Vehicles ...... 3-28 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Compartment ...... 8-4 System Check ...... 3-17 Transmission ...... 9-21 Air Intake ...... 8-4 Alarm Transmission Fluid ...... 10-10 Air Vents ...... 8-3 Vehicle Security ...... 2-10 Automatic Transmission Airbag System All-Season Tires ...... 10-36 Shift Lock Control Check ...... 3-29 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-9 Function Check ...... 10-22 How Does an Airbag Antenna Auxiliary Restrain? ...... 3-21 Multi-band ...... 7-16 Devices ...... 7-17 Passenger Sensing Antilock Brake System ...... 3-23 System (ABS) ...... 9-25 What Makes an Airbag Warning Light ...... 5-16 Inflate? ...... 3-21 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (2,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Cargo Headlamps, Front Turn Cover ...... 4-1 Battery ...... 10-21 Signal, and Parking Cargo Net ...... 4-2 Jump Starting ...... 10-63 Lamps ...... 10-25 Cautions, Danger, and Power Protection ...... 6-6 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-27 Warnings ...... iv Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-23 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Central Locking System ...... 2-6 Bluetooth Stoplamps, and Chains, Tire ...... 10-54 Overview ...... 7-19, 7-20 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-26 Charging System Light ...... 5-12 Brake Buying New Tires ...... 10-49 Check System Warning Light ...... 5-15 Engine Light ...... 5-12 Brakes ...... 10-18 Ignition Antilock ...... 9-25 C Transmission Lock ...... 10-22 Assist ...... 9-26 California Child Restraints Fluid ...... 10-19 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-35 Infants and Young Parking ...... 9-26 Perchlorate Materials Children ...... 3-32 Braking ...... 9-3 Requirements ...... 10-3 Lower Anchors and Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-13 Warning ...... 10-2 Tethers for Children ...... 3-38 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-27 Camera Older Children ...... 3-30 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-24 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 9-32 Securing ...... 3-45, 3-48 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-24 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Systems ...... 3-35 Headlamps ...... 10-24 Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-28 Carbon Monoxide Cleaning Engine Exhaust ...... 9-20 Exterior Care ...... 10-69 Liftgate ...... 2-8 Interior Care ...... 10-73 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (3,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cover Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Cargo ...... 4-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 Heating ...... 8-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-29 Door Clock ...... 5-4 Light ...... 5-21 Ajar Light ...... 5-21 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-8 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Ajar Reminder ...... 2-6 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 10-11 Offices ...... 13-3 Central Locking System ...... 2-6 Collision Damage Repair ...... 13-8 Text Telephone (TTY) Delayed Locking ...... 2-6 Compartments Users ...... 13-4 Locks ...... 2-5 Storage ...... 4-1 Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3 Compressor Kit, Tire Service Publications Driver Information Sealant ...... 10-55 Ordering Information ...... 13-11 Center (DIC) ...... 5-22 Connections Customer Satisfaction Driving OnStar® ...... 14-4 Procedure ...... 13-1 Defensive ...... 9-2 Control Drunk ...... 9-3 Traction and Electronic D For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-16 Stability ...... 9-27 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 13-8 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-6 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Danger, Warnings, and If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-8 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-12 Cautions ...... iv Loss of Control ...... 9-4 Coolant Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-14 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Engine ...... 10-13 Daytime Running Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-9 Engine Temperature Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Wet Roads ...... 9-5 Warning Light ...... 5-18 Indicator Light ...... 5-20 Winter ...... 9-7 Cooling System ...... 10-12 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-5 Delayed Locking ...... 2-6 Courtesy Transportation Devices Program ...... 13-7 Auxiliary ...... 7-17 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (4,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
i-4 INDEX
E Engine (cont'd) Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 Oil Messages ...... 5-26 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-26 Electrical Equipment, Overheating ...... 10-16 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-13 Add-On ...... 9-38 Pressure Light ...... 5-19 Frequency Statement Electrical System Reduced Power Light ...... 5-20 Radio ...... 13-12 Engine Compartment Running While Parked ...... 9-21 Front Fog Lamp Fuse Block ...... 10-29 Starting ...... 9-15 Light ...... 5-21 Fuses and Circuit Entry Lighting ...... 6-6 Front Seat Armrest ...... 3-5 Breakers ...... 10-28 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-14 Front Seats Instrument Panel Fuse Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Block ...... 10-33 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-15 Heated ...... 3-5 Overload ...... 10-28 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Fuel ...... 9-34 Emergency ® Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-1 Additives ...... 9-35 OnStar ...... 14-2 Economy Driving ...... 1-16 Engine Filling a Portable Fuel Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-11 F Container ...... 9-37 Check and Service Engine Filter, Filling the Tank ...... 9-36 Soon Light ...... 5-12 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-11 Foreign Countries ...... 9-35 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Gauge ...... 5-9 Coolant ...... 10-13 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-3 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-19 Coolant Temperature Flat Tire ...... 10-54 Requirements, California . . . . .9-35 Warning Light ...... 5-18 Floor Mats ...... 10-77 Cooling System ...... 10-12 Fluid Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10 Exhaust ...... 9-20 Brakes ...... 10-19 Heater ...... 9-16 Washer ...... 10-18 Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (5,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
INDEX i-5
Fuses H Hooks Engine Compartment Shopping Bag ...... 4-2 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-24 Fuse Block ...... 10-29 Horn ...... 5-2 Hands-Free Phone ...... 7-26 Fuses and Circuit How to Wear Safety Belts Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-3 Breakers ...... 10-28 Properly ...... 3-10 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Instrument Panel Fuse Hydraulic Clutch ...... 10-11 Headlamps Block ...... 10-33 Aiming ...... 10-24 Automatic ...... 6-3 I G Bulb Replacement ...... 10-24 Ignition Positions ...... 9-13 Gauges Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock Fuel ...... 5-9 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Check ...... 10-22 Odometer ...... 5-9 Daytime Running Lamps Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Speedometer ...... 5-9 (DRL) Indicator Light ...... 5-20 Light ...... 5-20 Tachometer ...... 5-9 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Indicator Trip Odometer ...... 5-9 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-20 Owner Manual ...... 5-15 Warning Lights and High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Infants and Young Children, Indicators ...... 5-7 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-21 Restraints ...... 3-32 General Information Heated Front Seats ...... 3-5 Infotainment ...... 7-2 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Heater Instrument Cluster ...... 5-8 Towing ...... 9-38 Engine ...... 9-16 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-14 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Introduction ...... iii Glove Box ...... 4-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-20 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-6 Program ...... 13-5 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-27 Home Page ...... 7-5 Hood ...... 10-4 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (6,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
i-6 INDEX
J LATCH System Lights (cont'd) Replacing Parts after a High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Jump Starting ...... 10-63 Crash ...... 3-45 Immobilizer ...... 5-20 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-19 K Tethers for Children ...... 3-38 Reduced Engine Power ...... 5-20 Keyless Entry Liftgate ...... 2-8 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-10 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Lighting Service Vehicle Soon ...... 5-15 Keys ...... 2-1 Entry ...... 6-6 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-17 Exit ...... 6-6 Tire Pressure ...... 5-19 L Illumination Control ...... 6-5 Traction Control System ® Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-37 Lights (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 5-18 Lamps Airbag Readiness ...... 5-11 Traction Off ...... 5-17 Courtesy ...... 6-5 Antilock Brake System Up-Shift ...... 5-16 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-16 Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-17 Dome ...... 6-6 Brake System Warning ...... 5-15 Link Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Charging System ...... 5-12 Smartphone ...... 7-28, 7-30, 7-32 Exterior Lamps Off Cruise Control ...... 5-21 Locks Reminder ...... 6-1 Daytime Running Automatic Door ...... 2-7 Fog ...... 6-4 Lamps (DRL) ...... 5-20 Central Locking System ...... 2-6 Headlamps, Front Turn Door Ajar ...... 5-21 Delayed Locking ...... 2-6 Signal, and Parking Engine Coolant Door ...... 2-5 Lamps ...... 10-25 Temperature Warning ...... 5-18 Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 License Plate ...... 10-27 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-19 Safety ...... 2-7 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-12 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Loss of Control ...... 9-4 On Reminder ...... 5-21 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-21 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-19 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 High-Beam On ...... 5-20 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (7,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
INDEX i-7
Lower Anchors and Tethers Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 2-14 OnStar® for Children (LATCH Monitor System, Tire System, In Brief ...... 1-16 System) ...... 3-38 Pressure ...... 10-43 OnStar® Additional Movies ...... 7-33, 7-38, 7-39 Information ...... 14-6 M Multi-band Antenna ...... 7-16 OnStar® Connections ...... 14-4 OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Maintenance ® Records ...... 11-14 N OnStar Navigation ...... 14-3 OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Maintenance and Care Navigation ® ® OnStar Security ...... 14-3 Additional ...... 11-9 OnStar ...... 14-3 ® Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 Net OnStar Vehicle Recommended Fluids Cargo ...... 4-2 Diagnostics ...... 14-6 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-13 Operation, Infotainment Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-12 System ...... 7-6 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-13 Ordering O Service Publications ...... 13-11 Manual Transmission ...... 9-23 Odometer ...... 5-9 Fluid ...... 10-11 Outlets Trip ...... 5-9 Power ...... 5-6 Messages Off-Road Engine Oil ...... 5-26 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-16 Recovery ...... 9-4 Overview, Infotainment Tire ...... 5-26 Oil Vehicle ...... 5-25 System ...... 7-3 Engine ...... 10-7 Owner Manual Indicator ...... 5-15 Mirrors Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Convex ...... 2-12 Messages ...... 5-26 Folding ...... 2-13 Pressure Light ...... 5-19 Manual ...... 2-13 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-30 Manual Rearview ...... 2-14 Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Power ...... 2-13 OnStar ...... 13-15 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (8,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
i-8 INDEX
P Power Radios Mirrors ...... 2-13 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-9 Park Outlets ...... 5-6 Reception ...... 7-15 Shifting Into ...... 9-18 Protection, Battery ...... 6-6 Satellite ...... 7-13 Shifting Out of ...... 9-19 Reduced Engine Light ...... 5-20 Rear Seats ...... 3-6 Parking ...... 9-20 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-18 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-32 Brake ...... 9-26 Windows ...... 2-14 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4 Brake and P (Park) Power Steering Warning Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-14 Mechanism Check ...... 10-22 Lights ...... 5-17 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-20 Pregnancy, Using Safety Recommended Fluids and Passenger Airbag Status Belts ...... 3-15 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Indicator ...... 5-11 Privacy Records Passenger Compartment Air Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-13 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Filter ...... 8-4 Program Recreational Vehicle Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-23 Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-7 Towing ...... 10-66 Perchlorate Materials Proposition 65 Warning, Reduced Engine Power Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 California ...... 10-2 Light ...... 5-20 Personalization Reimbursement Program, Vehicle ...... 5-27 GM Mobility ...... 13-5 Phone R Bluetooth ...... 7-19, 7-20 Radio Frequency Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Hands-Free ...... 7-26 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-12 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-27 Pictures and Radio Frequency Replacement Parts Movies ...... 7-33, 7-38, 7-39 Statement ...... 13-12 Airbags ...... 3-29 Port Maintenance ...... 11-13 USB ...... 7-16 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-29 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (9,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
INDEX i-9
Replacing LATCH System S Securing Child Parts after a Crash ...... 3-45 Restraints ...... 3-45, 3-48 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Replacing Safety Belt Security Care ...... 3-16 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-16 OnStar® ...... 14-3 Extender ...... 3-15 Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle ...... 2-10 How to Wear Safety Belts Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Vehicle Alarm ...... 2-10 Properly ...... 3-10 General Motors ...... 13-13 Service Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Accessories and Reminders ...... 5-10 Restraints Modifications ...... 10-3 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-16 Where to Put ...... 3-36 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-3 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Retained Accessory Engine Soon Light ...... 5-12 Safety Defects Reporting Power (RAP) ...... 9-18 Maintenance Records ...... 11-14 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Roads Maintenance, General General Motors ...... 13-13 Driving, Wet ...... 9-5 Information ...... 11-1 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Roadside Assistance Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Safety Locks ...... 2-7 Program ...... 13-5 Publications Ordering Safety System Check ...... 3-15 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Information ...... 13-11 Satellite Radio ...... 7-13 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-47 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-7 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3 Vehicle Soon Light ...... 5-15 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-55 Running the Vehicle While Seats Services Parked ...... 9-21 Special Application ...... 11-8 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-28 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Shift Lock Control Function Heated Front ...... 3-5 Check, Automatic Rear ...... 3-6 Transmission ...... 10-22 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (10,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
i-10 INDEX
Shifting Storage Areas Tires ...... 10-35 Into Park ...... 9-18 Cargo Cover ...... 4-1 All-Season ...... 10-36 Out of Park ...... 9-19 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Buying New Tires ...... 10-49 Shopping Bag Hooks ...... 4-2 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Chains ...... 10-54 Signals, Turn and Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Designations ...... 10-38 Lane-Change ...... 6-4 Storing the Tire Sealant Different Size ...... 10-51 Smartphone and Compressor Kit ...... 10-63 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-54 Link ...... 7-28, 7-30, 7-32 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-8 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-44 Special Application Services . . . 11-8 Summer Tires ...... 10-37 Inspection ...... 10-47 Specifications and Sun Visors ...... 2-15 Messages ...... 5-26 Capacities ...... 12-2 Symbols ...... iv Pressure Light ...... 5-19 Speedometer ...... 5-9 System Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-43 StabiliTrak Infotainment ...... 7-2 Rotation ...... 10-47 OFF Light ...... 5-17 Roof Rack ...... 4-3 Sealant and Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-27 Compressor Kit ...... 10-55 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-21 T Sealant and Compressor Starting the Engine ...... 9-15 Tachometer ...... 5-9 Kit, Storing ...... 10-63 Steering ...... 9-3 Taillamps Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-37 Power, Warning Lights ...... 5-17 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-26 Terminology and Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Definitions ...... 10-39 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-11 Uniform Tire Quality Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Grading ...... 10-51 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-26 Time ...... 5-4 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-53 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (11,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
INDEX i-11
Tires (cont'd) Transportation Program, V Wheel Replacement ...... 10-53 Courtesy ...... 13-7 Vehicle When It Is Time for New Trip Odometer ...... 5-9 Alarm System ...... 2-10 Tires ...... 10-48 Turn and Lane-Change Canadian Owners ...... iii Winter ...... 10-36 Signals ...... 6-4 Control ...... 9-3 Towing Turn Signal Identification General Information ...... 9-38 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-26 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-66 Load Limits ...... 9-9 Vehicle ...... 10-66 U Messages ...... 5-25 Traction Uniform Tire Quality Personalization ...... 5-27 Control System (TCS)/ Grading ...... 10-51 Security ...... 2-10 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-18 Up-Shift Light ...... 5-16 Service Soon Light ...... 5-15 Off Light ...... 5-17 USB Port ...... 7-16 Towing ...... 10-66 Traction Control/Electronic Using This Manual ...... iv Vehicle Care Stability Control ...... 9-27 Storing the Tire Sealant Trademarks and License and Compressor Kit ...... 10-63 Agreements ...... 7-42 Tire Pressure ...... 10-41 Transmission Vehicle Data Recording Automatic ...... 9-21 and Privacy ...... 13-13 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-10 Vehicle Diagnostics Fluid, Manual ...... 10-11 OnStar® ...... 14-6 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-3 Visors ...... 2-15 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-7707489) - Black plate (12,1) 2015 - CRC - 11/6/14
i-12 INDEX
W Windows ...... 2-14 Power ...... 2-14 Warning Windshield Brake System Light ...... 5-15 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Winter Indicators ...... 5-7 Driving ...... 9-7 Warnings ...... iv Winter Tires ...... 10-36 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-23 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-3 Wipers Washer Fluid ...... 10-18 Rear Washer ...... 5-4 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-53 Different Size ...... 10-51 Replacement ...... 10-53 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-48 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-36